Micom P139: Feeder Management and Bay Control

MiCOM P139
Feeder Management and Bay Control

Version: -304/306/307 405/406/407/408/409/410/411/412/413 605/611/612
Technical Manual Volume 2 of 2

P139/EN M/A88
Contains: V605 P139/EN M/B33 (AFSV.12.09450.D) V611 P139/EN AD/A77 (AFSV.12.09690.D) V612 P139/EN AD/A88 (AFSV.12.09950 D)
MiCOM P139
Version 304 405/406/407 -605
Technical Manual Volume 2 of 2

P139/EN M/B33
(AFSV.12.09450 D)
Warning
When electrical equipment is in operation, dangerous voltage will be present in certain parts of the equipment. Failure to observe warning notices, incorrect use, or improper use may endanger personnel and equipment and cause personal injury or physical damage. Before working in the terminal strip area, the device must be isolated. Where stranded conductors are used, wire end ferrules must be employed. Proper and safe operation of this device depends on appropriate shipping and handling, proper storage, installation and commissioning, and on careful operation, maintenance and servicing. For this reason only qualified personnel may work on or operate this device. Any modifications to this device must be in accordance with the manual. If any other modification is made without the express permission of AREVA T&D, it will invalidate the warranty, and may render the product unsafe.
Qualified Personnel
are individuals who ! are familiar with the installation, commissioning, and operation of the device and of the system to which it is being connected; ! are able to perform switching operations in accordance with safety engineering standards and are authorized to energize and de-energize equipment and to isolate, ground, and label it; ! are trained in the care and use of safety apparatus in accordance with safety engineering standards; ! are trained in emergency procedures (first aid).
Note
The operating manual for this device gives instructions for its installation, commissioning, and operation. However, the manual cannot cover all conceivable circumstances or include detailed information on all topics. In the event of questions or specific problems, do not take any action without proper authorization. Contact the appropriate AREVA technical sales office and request the necessary information. Any agreements, commitments, and legal relationships and any obligations on the part of AREVA, including settlement of warranties, result solely from the applicable purchase contract, which is not affected by the contents of the operating manual.
Appendix
A Glossary B List of Signals C List of Bay Types D Terminal Connection Diagrams E Address Lists
(Available as a PDF file only. Not included in the printed manual.)
F Upgrade Documentation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
AP-1
Appendix
(continued)
A A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 B B1 B2 B 2.1 B 2.1.1 B 2.1.2 B 2.1.3 B 2.1.4 B 2.1.5 B3 B 3.1 B 3.1.1 B 3.1.1.1 B 3.1.1.2 B 3.1.1.3 B 3.1.2 B 3.1.3 B 3.1.3.1 B 3.1.3.2 B 3.1.3.3 B 3.1.3.3.1 B 3.1.3.3.2 B 3.1.3.3.3 B 3.1.3.3.4 B 3.1.3.3.5 B 3.1.3.3.6 B 3.1.3.3.7 B 3.1.3.3.8 B 3.1.3.4 B 3.1.3.4.1 B 3.1.3.4.2 B 3.1.3.4.3 B 3.1.3.5 B 3.1.3.6
Glossary Function Groups Modules Symbols Examples of Signal Names Symbols Used List of Signals Internal Signal Names Telecontrol Interface per EN 60870-5-101 or IEC 870-5-101 (Companion Standard) Interoperability Network Configuration (Network-Specific Parameters) Physical Layer (Network-Specific Parameters) Link Layer (Network-Specific Parameters) Application Layer Basic Application Functions Communication Interface per IEC 60870-5-103 Interoperability Physical Layer Electrical Interface Optical Interface Transmission Rate Link Layer Application Layer Transmission Mode for Application Data Common Address of ASDU Selection of Standard Information Numbers in Monitor Direction System Functions in Monitor Direction Status Indications in Monitor Direction Monitoring Signals (Supervision Indications) in Monitor Direction Earth Fault Indications in Monitor Direction Fault Indications in Monitor Direction Auto-Reclosure Indications in Monitor Direction Measurands in Monitor Direction Generic Functions in Monitor Direction Selection of Standard Information Numbers in Control Direction System Functions in Control Direction General Commands in Control Direction Generic Functions in Control Direction Basic Application Functions Miscellaneous
A-1 A-1 A-2 A-3 A-10 A-11 B-1 B-1 B-6 B-6 B-6 B-7 B-8 B-9 B-15 B-18 B-18 B-18 B-18 B-18 B-18 B-19 B-19 B-19 B-19 B-19 B-19 B-20 B-21 B-22 B-23 B-25 B-25 B-26 B-27 B-27 B-27 B-28 B-29 B-29
AP-2
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
Appendix
(continued)
C D1 D 1.1 D 1.2 D 1.3 D 1.4 E E1 E 1.1 E 1.2 E 1.3 E 1.3.1 E 1.3.2 E 1.3.3 E 1.3.4 E2 E 2.1 E 2.1.1 E 2.1.2 E 2.1.3 E 2.2 E 2.3 E3 E 3.1 E 3.2 E 3.3 E4 E 4.1 E 4.2 E 4.3 E 4.4 E 4.5 E 4.6 E 4.7 E 4.8 E 4.9 E 4.10 E 4.11 E 4.12 E 4.13 E 4.14 E 4.15 E 4.16 E 4.17 E 4.18 E 4.19 E 4.20 E 4.21 E 4.22 E 4.23 E 4.24
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
List of Bay Types Terminal Connection Diagrams Case 40 T Case 84 T NCIT Module Connection RTD Module for PT 100, Ni 100 or Ni 120 Address List Parameters Device Identification Configuration Parameters Function Parameters Global General Functions Parameter Subsets Control Operation Cyclic Values Measured Operating Data Physical State Signals Logic State Signals Control and Testing Operating Data Recording Events Event Counters Measured Fault Data Fault Data Acquisition Selection Tables Selection Table 'Binary Outputs und LEDs' Selection Table 'Binary Inputs' Selection Table K1 Selection Table K2 Selection Table K4 Selection Table K5 Selection Table K6 Selection Table K7 Selection Table K8 Selection Table K9 Selection Table K10 Selection Table K11 Selection Table K13 Selection Table K15 Selection Table K16 Selection Table K17 Selection Table K18 Selection Table K19 Selection Table K20 Selection Table K22 Selection Table K23 Selection Table K24 Selection Table K25 Selection Table K30
C-1 D-1 D-1 D-13 D-19 D-20 E-1 E-3 E-3 E-14 E-94 E-94 E-102 E-182 E-202 E-226 E-226 E-226 E-236 E-261 E-330 E-335 E-336 E-336 E-339 E-343 E-345 E-345 E-355 E-358 E-359 E-361 E-362 E-364 E-366 E-367 E-368 E-368 E-369 E-370 E-370 E-371 E-374 E-374 E-375 E-376 E-377 E-379 E-379 E-379 E-379 AP-3
Appendix
(continued)
E 4.25 E 4.26 E 4.27 E 4.28 E 4.29 E 4.30 E 4.31 E 4.32 E 4.33 E 4.34 E 4.35 E 4.36 E 4.37 E5 E 5.1 E 5.2 E 5.3 E 5.4 E 5.5 F
Selection Table K99 Selection Table K101 Selection Table K102 Selection Table K103 Selection Table K104 Selection Table F 497 Selection Table F 571 Selection Table F 670 Selection Table F 729 Selection Table F 730 Selection Table F 738 Selection Table F 756 Selection Table F 798 Possible Entries into Memory Fault Memory Ground Fault Memory Overload Memory Operating Data Memory Monitoring Signal Memory Upgrade Documentation
E-380 E-388 E-393 E-409 E-413 E-442 E-443 E-443 E-444 E-444 E-445 E-446 E-447 E-449 E-449 E-456 E-458 E-461 E-467 F-1
AP-4
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
Appendix A - Glossary
A1
Function Groups
Auto-reclosing control Automatic synchronism check Circuit breaker failure protection Signale pole commands Logic Communication Interface 1 Logic Communication Interface 2 Logic Communication Interface 3 Binary counts Device 01 to Device 10 Definite-time overcurrent protection Device Fault data acquisition Fault recording Frequency protection Ground fault data acquisition Ground fault recording Ground fault direction determination using steady-state values Unbalance protection Inverse-time overcurrent protection Interlocking logic Binary input IRIG-B clock synchronisation LED indicators Limit monitoring Local control panel Logic Main function Measuring-circuit monitoring Measured data input Measured data output Motor protection Monitoring signal recording Overload data acquisition Overload recording Operating data recording Binary and analog output Power directional protection PC link Protective signaling Parameter subset selection Short-circuit direction determination Self-monitoring Signale pole signals Switch on to fault protection Transient ground fault direction determination Thermal overload protection Time-voltage protection
ARC: ASC: CBF: CMD_1: COMM1: COMM2: COMM3: COUNT: DEV01: to DEV10: DTOC: DVICE: FT_DA: FT_RC: f<>: GF_DA: GF_RC: GFDSS: I2>: IDMT: ILOCK: INP: IRIGB: LED: LIMIT: LOC: LOGIC: MAIN: MCMON: MEASI: MEASO: MP: MT_RC: OL_DA: OL_RC: OP_RC: OUTP: P<>: PC: PSIG: PSS: SCDD: SFMON: SIG_1: SOTF: TGFD: THERM: V<>:
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
A-1
(continued)
A2
A: B: L: P: T: V: X: Y:
Modules
Communication module Bus module Local control module Processor module Transformer module Power supply module Binary I/O module Analog I/O module
A-2
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
(continued)
A3
Symbols
Graphic symbols for block diagrams Binary elements according to DIN 40900 Part 12, September 1992, IEC 617-12: amended 1991 Analog information processing according to DIN 40900 Part 13, January 1981 To document the linking of analog and binary signals, additional symbols have been used, taken from several DIN documents. As a rule, direction of the signal flow is from left to right and from top to bottom. Other flow directions are marked by an arrow. Input signals are listed on the left side of the signal flow, output signals on the right side. Symbol Description To obtain more space for representing a group of related elements, contours of the elements may be joined or cascaded if the following rules are met:
There is no functional linkage between elements whose common contour line is oriented in the signal flow direction. Note: This rule does not necessarily apply to configurations with two or more signal flow directions, such as for symbols with a control block and an output block. There exists at least one logical link between elements whose common contour line runs perpendicularly to the signal flow direction. Components of a symbol A symbol consists of a contour or contour combination and one or more qualifiers.
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
A-3
(continued)
Symbol
Description Control block A control block contains an input function common to several symbols. It is used for the collective setting of several trigger elements, for example.
Output block An output block contains an output function common to several symbols.
Settable control block The four digits represent the address under which the function shown in the text after the colon may be set via the local control panel. Settable control block with function blocks The digits in the function block show the settings that are possible at this address. The text below the symbol shows the setting and the corresponding unit or meaning.
A-4
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
(continued)
Symbol
Description Static input Only the state of the binary input variable is effective.
Dynamic input Only the transition from value 0 to value 1 is effective.
Negation of an output The value up to the border line is negated at the output.
Negation of an input The input value is negated before the border line.
Dynamic input with negation Only the transition from value 1 to value 0 is effective.
AND element The output variable will be 1 only if all input variables are 1. OR element The output variable will be 1 only if at least one input variable is 1. Threshold element The output variable will be 1 only if at least two input variables are 1. The number in the symbol may be replaced by any other number. (m out of n) element The output variable will be 1 only if just one input variable is 1. The number in the symbol may be replaced by any other number if the number of inputs is increased or decreased accordingly.
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
A-5
(continued)
Symbol
Description Delay element The transition from value 0 to 1 at the output occurs after a time delay of t1 relative to the corresponding transition at the input. The transition from value 1 to 0 at the output occurs after a time delay of t2 relative to the corresponding transition at the input. t1 and t2 may be replaced by the actual delay values (in seconds or strobe ticks). Monostable flip-flop The output variable will be 1 only if the input variable changes to 1. The output variable will remain 1 for 100 ms, independent of the duration of the input value 1 (non-retriggerable). Without a 1 in the function block the monostable flipflop is retriggerable. The time is 100 ms in this example, but it may be changed to any other duration. Analog-digital converter An analog input signal is converted to a binary signal.
Subtractor The output variable is the difference between the two input variables. A summing element is obtained by changing the minus sign to a plus sign at the symbol input. Schmitt Trigger with binary output signal The binary output variable will be 1 if the input signal exceeds a specific threshold. The output variable remains 1 until the input signal drops below the threshold again. Memory, general Storage of a binary or analog signal.
A-6
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
(continued)
Symbol
Description Non-stable flip-flop When the input variable changes to 1, a pulse sequence is generated at the output. The ! to the left of the G indicates that the pulse sequence starts with the input variable transition (synchronized start). If there is a ! to the right of the G, the pulse sequence ends with the ending of the 1 signal at the input (synchronized stop). Amplifier The output variable is 1 only if the input variable is also 1. Band pass filter The output only transmits the 50 Hz component of the input signals. All other frequencies (above and below 50 Hz) are attenuated. Counter At the + input the input variable transitions from 0 to 1 are counted and stored in the function block. At the R(eset) input a transition of the input variable from 0 to 1 resets the counter to 0. Electromechanical drive in general, here a relay, for example.
Signal level converter with electrical isolation between input and output. L+ = pos. voltage input L- = neg. voltage input U1 = device identifier
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
A-7
(continued)
Symbol
Description Input transformer with phase and item identifiers (according to DIN EN 60445) Phase identifiers for current inputs: for A: A1 and A2 for B: B1 and B2 for C: C1 and C2 for N: N1 and N2 Phase identifiers for voltage inputs via transformer 1: for A: 1U for B: 1V for C: 1W for N: 1N via transformer 2: for A: 2U for B: 2V Item identifiers for current transformers: for A: T1 for B: T2 for C: T3 for N: T4 for voltage transformer 1: for A: T5 for B: T6 for C: T7 for N: T8 for VG-N transformer: T90 for voltage transformer 2: for A: T15 Change-over contact with item identifier
Special symbol Output relay in normally-energized arrangement (closed-circuit operation).
A-8
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
(continued)
Symbol
Description PC interface with pin connections
Multiplier The output variable is the result of the multiplication of the two input variables.
Divider The output variable is the result of the division of the two input variables.
Comparator The output variable becomes 1 only if the input variable(s) are equal to the function in the function block.
Formula block The output variable becomes 1 only if the input variable(s) satisfy the equation in the function block
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
A-9
(continued)
A4
Examples of Signal Names
All settings and signals relevant for protection are shown in the block diagrams of Chapter 3 as follows: Signal Name ! FT_RC: Fault recording n
305 100
Description Internal signal names are not coded by a data model address. In the block diagrams they are marked with a diamond. The small figure underneath the signal name represents a code that is irrelevant to the user. The internal signal names used and their origins are listed in Appendix B. Signal names coded by a data model address are represented by their address (shown in square brackets). Their origin is given in Chapters 7 and 8. A specific setting to be used later on is shown with its signal name, address, and the setting preceded by the setting arrow.
DIST: VNG>> triggered [ 036 015 ] MAIN: General reset [ 003 002 ] !1: Execute
A-10
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
(continued)
A5
Symbol t V V I I Z
Z
Symbols Used
Meaning Time duration Voltage, potential difference Complex voltage Electrical current Complex current Complex impedance Modulus of complex impedance Frequency Temperature in C Sum, result Unit of electrical resistance Angle Phase angle. With subscripts: specific angle between a defined current and a defined voltage. Time constant Temperature difference in K
f T
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
A-11
A-12
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
Appendix B - List of Signals
B 1 Internal Signal Names Internal signal names are not coded by an external address. In the block diagrams they are marked with a diamond. Internal Signal Names IDMT: Starting A IDMT: Starting B IDMT: Starting C IDMT: IN ARC: Starting GFDSS ARC: Close request ARC: HSR not permitted ARC: TDR not permitted ARC: Block/reset HSR ARC: Block/reset TDR ARC: HSR trip t. elapsed ARC: TDR trip t. elapsed DEV01: Open request DEV01: End open command DEV01: Open cmd. rejection DEV01: Close request DEV01: End close command DEV01: Close cmd. rejection DEV01: Enable BI Open DEV01: Enable BI Close DEV01: Enable SI Open DEV01: Enable SI Close DEV01: Switch. device runn. DEV01: Protection trip cmd. DEV01: Protect. close cmd. DEV01: Start runn.time mon. DEV01: Latching time elaps. DEV01: Latching time runn. Figure 3-129 3-129 3-129 3-132 3-159 3-164 3-164 3-164 3-162 3-162 3-156, 3-158, 3-159, 3-160, 3-161 3-157, 3-158, 3-159, 3-160, 3-161 3-273 3-278 3-274 3-273 3-278 3-274 3-275 3-275 3-274 3-274 3-278 3-276 3-276 3-281 3-273 3-273
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
B-1

(continued)
Internal Signal Names GFDSS: Op. delay IN elapsed GFDSS: Oper.delay Y(N)> elaps GFDSS: IN filtered GFDSS: IN> triggered GFDSS: P GFDSS: Q GFDSS: Direction LS GFDSS: Direction BS GFDSS: VNG GFDSS: VNG filtered GFDSS: VNG> triggered TGFD: Hardware fault TGFD: IN,p> triggered TGFD: Reset signal TGFD: Direction LS TGFD: Direction BS TGFD: VNG TGFD: VNG> triggered TGFD: VNG> (f0) triggered f<>: No. periods reached f<>: fMeas f<>: VMeas MAIN: Start. I>,kIref,P> MAIN: Starting Ineg MAIN: Starting A int. MAIN: Starting B int. MAIN: Starting C int. MAIN: Starting N int. MAIN: Customized bay type MAIN: Sel. meas. loop A-G MAIN: Sel. meas. loop A-B MAIN: Sel. meas. loop B-G MAIN: Sel. meas. loop B-C MAIN: Sel. meas. loop C-G MAIN: Sel. meas. loop C-A B-2
Figure 3-188 3-194 3-188 3-188 3-184, 3-190 3-184, 3-190 3-184, 3-190 3-184, 3-190 3-183 3-184, 3-190 3-184 3-196 3-198 3-200 3-198 3-198 3-197 3-198 3-198 3-232 3-232 3-231 3-72 3-71 3-71 3-71 3-71 3-71 3-45 3-107 3-107 3-107 3-107 3-107 3-107
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Internal Signal Names MAIN: Sel. meas. loop PG MAIN: Sel. meas. loop PP MAIN: End command MAIN: Block. 1 sel.functions MAIN: Block. 2 sel.functions MAIN: Block tim.st. IN,neg MAIN: Direct motor control MAIN: General starting int. MAIN: meas MAIN: Reset LED MAIN: Inrush stabil. trigg MAIN: Protection active MAIN: Block start. signal MAIN: Vmeas MAIN: Time tag COMM1: Selected protocol COMM1: Debounced signal COMM1: Communication error SCDD: Resid. curr.stage bl. SCDD: Determin. N enabled SCDD: Determin. P enabled SCDD: Phase curr.stage bl. SCDD: Block. direct. tI> SCDD: Block. direct. tI>> SCDD: Block. direct. tIN> SCDD: Block. direct. tIN>> SCDD: Block. direct. tkIref> SCDD: Block. direct. tkINref> MEASO: Enable MEASO: Reset meas.val.outp. MP: St. kP*Iref>/Istup> MP: IStUp> MP: IP,max r.m.s./Iref MP: Block. replica THERM MP: Machine stopped
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
Figure 3-107 3-107 3-281 3-64 3-64 3-71 3-45 3-72 3-107 3-83 3-62 3-59 3-71 3-107 3-82 3-10 3-42 3-11, 3-12, 3-13, 3-14, 3-15, 3-16 3-142 3-142 3-138 3-138 3-140 3-140 3-144 3-144 3-140 3-144 3-35 3-36 3-204 3-209 3-204 3-209 3-209 B-3

(continued)
Internal Signal Names P<>: P P<>: PP<>: P+ P<>: Q P<>: QP<>: Q+ ASC: active ASC: Sel. meas. loop PG ASC: Close enable DEV01 AC ASC: Clos.enable w. block ASC: Clos.rej. w. block ASC: gen. close request ARC: man. close request ARC: AC active for DEV01 ARC: Test ARC: VMeas FT_DA: Output fault locat. FT_DA: Output meas. values FT_DA: kG FT_DA: A-kG FT_DA: IB-kG FT_DA: IC-kG THERM: Block. by CTA error THERM: I THERM: With CTA V<>: Vneg V<>: Vpos V<>: VNG DTOC: Starting A DTOC: Starting B DTOC: Starting C DTOC: Starting N DTOC: IN> DTOC: Pulse prol. runn. DTOC: t2 N B-4
Figure 3-236 3-236 3-236 3-236 3-236 3-236 3-172 3-170 3-179 3-172 3-172 3-173 3-173 3-179 3-173 3-170 3-105 3-105 3-106 3-106 3-106 3-106 3-215, 3-216 3-217 3-215, 3-216 3-225 3-225 3-228 3-114 3-114 3-114 3-119 3-118 3-121 3-121
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Internal Signal Names LOC: Remote & Local LOC: Return time select act. SOTF: ARC block. by close cm
Figure 3-8 3-2 3-146
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
B-5

(continued)
B2
Telecontrol Interface per EN 60870-5-101 or IEC 870-5-101 (Companion Standard)
This section incorporates Section 8 of EN 60870-5-101 (1996), which includes a general definition of the telecontrol interface for substation control systems. B 2.1 Interoperability This application-based standard (companion standard) specifies parameter sets and other options from which subsets are to be selected in order to implement specific telecontrol systems. Certain parameters such as the number of bytes (octets) in the COMMON ADDRESS of the ASDU are mutually exclusive. This means that only one value of the defined parameter is allowed per system. Other parameters, such as the listed set of different process information in the command and monitor direction, permit definition of the total number or of subsets that are suitable for the given application. This section combines the parameters given in the previous sections in order to facilitate an appropriate selection for a specific application. If a system is made up of several system components supplied by different manufacturers, then it is necessary for all partners to agree on the selected parameters. The overall definition of a system may also The boxes for the selected parameters should be checked. 1Note: require individual selection of certain parameters for specific parts of a system such as individual selection of scaling factors for individually addressable measured values. B 2.1.1 Network Configuration (Network-Specific Parameters) x x Point-to-point configuration Multiple point-to-point configuration x Multipoint-party line configuration Multipoint-star configuration
See National Preface of EN 60870-5-101.

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
B-6

(continued)
B 2.1.2
Physical Layer 2 (Network-Specific Parameters)
Transmission Rate (Control Direction) 3 Unbalanced interface V.24/V.28 Standardized 100 bit/s 200 bit/s 300 bit/s x x 600 bit/s 1,200 bit/s Unbalanced interface V.24/V.28 Recommended with > 1 200 bit/s x x x 2,400 bit/s 4,800 bit/s 9,600 bit/s 2,400 bit/s 4,800 bit/s 9,600 bit/s 19,200 bit/s 38,400 bit/s 56,000 bit/s 64,000 bit/s Balanced interface X.24/X.27
Transmission Rate (Monitor Direction) 2 Unbalanced interface V.24/V.28 Standardized 100 bit/s 200 bit/s 300 bit/s x x 600 bit/s 1,200 bit/s Unbalanced interface V.24/V.28 Recommended with > 1 200 bit/s x x x 2,400 bit/s 4,800 bit/s 9,600 bit/s 2,400 bit/s 4,800 bit/s 9,600 bit/s 19,200 bit/s 38 400 bit/s 56,000 bit/s 64,000 bit/s Balanced interface X.24/X.27
2 3
See National Preface of EN 60870-5-101. The transmission rates for control direction and monitor direction must be identical. B-7
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
B 2.1.3
Link Layer 4(Network-Specific Parameters)
Frame format FT 1.2, single character 1, and the fixed time-out interval are used exclusively in this companion standard. Link Transmission Procedure x Balanced transmission Address Field of the Link x Not present (balanced transmission only) x Unbalanced transmission x One octet x Two octets 5 Frame Length 240 Maximum length L (number of octets) x Structured x Unstructured
4 5
See National Preface of EN 60870-5-101. Balanced only.

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
B-8

(continued)
B 2.1.4
Application Layer6
Transmission mode for application data Mode 1 (least significant octet first), as defined in clause 4.10 of IEC 870-5-4, is used exclusively in this companion standard. Common Address of ASDU (System-Specific Parameter) x One octet Information Object Address (System-Specific Parameter) x One octet x Two octets x Three octets Cause of Transmission (System-Specific Parameter) x One octet x Two octets (with originator address) x Structured x Unstructured x Two octets 1
See National Preface of EN 60870-5-101. B-9
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Selection of Standard ASDUs Process Information in Monitor Direction (Station-Specific Parameter) x x x x x x x x x x x x <1> <2> <3> <4> <5> <6> <7> <8> <9> <10> <11> <12> <13> <14> x x x x x <15> <16> <17> <18> <19> = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Single-point information Single-point information with time tag Double-point information Double-point information with time tag Step position information Step position information with time tag Bit string of 32 bit Bit string of 32 bit with time tag Measured value, normalized value Measured value, normalized value with time tag Measured value, scaled value Measured value, scaled value with time tag Measured value, short floating point value Measured value, short floating point value with time tag Integrated totals Integrated totals with time tag Event of protection equipment with time tag Packed start events of protection equipment with time tag Packed output circuit information of protection equipment with time tag M_SP_NA_1 M_SP_TA_1 M_DP_NA_1 M_DP_TA_1 M_ST_NA_1 M_ST_TA_1 M_BO_NA_1 M_BO_TA_1 M_ME_NA_1 M_ME_TA_1 M_ME_NB_1 M_ME_TB_1 M_ME_NC_1 M_ME_TC_1 M_IT_NA_1 M_IT_TA_1 M_EP_TA_1 ME_EP_TB_1 M_EP_TC_1
B-10
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
<20> <21>
= =
Packed single-point information with status change detection Measured value, normalized value without quality descriptor
M_PS_NA_1 M_ME_ND_1
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
B-11

(continued)
Process Information in Monitor Direction 7 (Station-Specific Parameter) x x x <45> <46> <47> <48> <49> <50> <51> = = = = = = = Single command Double command Regulating step command Set point command, normalized value Set point command, scaled value Set point command, short floating point value Bit string of 32 bit C_SC_NA_1 C_DC_NA_1 C_IT_NA_1 C_RC_NA_1 C_SE_NB_1 C_SE_NC_1 C_BO_NA_1
System Information in Monitor Direction (Station-Specific Parameter) x <70> = End of initialization ME_EI_NA_1
Incorrectly identified with control direction in IEC 870-5-101.

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
B-12

(continued)
System Information in Control Direction (Station-Specific Parameter) x x x x x <100> <101> <102> <103> <104> <105> <106> = = = = = = = Interrogation command Counter interrogation command Read command Clock synchronization command 8 Test command Reset process command Delay acquisition command 9 C_IC_NA_1 C_CI_NA_1 C_RD_NA_1 C_CS_NA_1 C_TS_NB_1 C_RP_NC_1 C_CD_NA_1
8 9
The command procedure is formally processed, but there is no change in the local time in the station. See National Preface of EN 60870-5-101. B-13
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Parameter in Control Direction (Station-Specific Parameter) x x <110> <111> <112> <113> = = = = Parameter of measured value, normalized value Parameter of measured value, scaled value Parameter of measured value, short floating point value Parameter activation P_ME_NA_1 P_ME_NB_1 P_ME_NC_1 P_AC_NA_1
File Transfer (Station-Specific Parameter) <120> <121> <122> <123> <124> <125> <126> = = = = = = = File ready Section ready Call directory, select file, call file, call section Last section, last segment Ack file, ack section Segment Directory F_FR_NA_1 F_SR_NA_1 F_SC_NA_1 F_LS_NA_1 F_AF_NA_1 F_SG_NA_1 F_DR_TA_1
B-14
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
B 2.1.5
Basic Application Functions10
Station Initialization (Station-Specific Parameter) x Remote initialization
General Interrogation (System- or Station-Specific Parameter) x x x x x x x Global Group 1 Group 2 Group 3 Group 4 Group 5 Group 6 x x x x x x Group 7 Group 8 Group 9 Group 10 Group 11 Group 12 Addresses per group have to be defined. x x x x Group 13 Group 14 Group 15 Group 16
Clock Synchronization (Station-Specific Parameter) x Clock synchronization
10
See National Preface of EN 60870-5-101. B-15
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Command Transmission (Object-Specific Parameter) x Direct command transmission Direct set point command transmission Select and execute command Select and execute set point command C_SE ACTTERM used x No additional definition Short pulse duration (Execution duration determined by a system parameter in the outstation) Long pulse duration (Execution duration determined by a system parameter in the outstation) Persistent output Transmission of Integrated Totals (Station- or Object-Specific Parameter) Counter request x Counter freeze without reset Counter freeze with reset Counter reset Addresses per group have to be specified x x x x x General request counter Request counter group 1 Request counter group 2 Request counter group 3 Request counter group 4
B-16
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Parameter Loading (Object-Specific Parameter) x Threshold value Smoothing value Low limit for transmission of measured value High limit for transmission of measured value
Parameter Activation (Object-Specific Parameter) Act/deact of persistent cyclic or periodic transmission of the addressed object
File Transfer (Station-Specific Parameter) File transfer in monitor direction File transfer in control direction F_FR_NA_1 F_FR_NA_1
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
B-17

(continued)
B3
Communication Interface per IEC 60870-5-103
This section incorporates Section 8 of IEC 60870-5-103, including definitions applicable to the P139. B 3.1 B 3.1.1 Interoperability Physical Layer
B 3.1.1.1 Electrical Interface x x EIA RS 485 No. of loads 32 for one device
Note: EIA RS 485 defines the loads in such a way that 32 of such loads can be operated on one line. For detailed information see EIA RS 485, Section 3. B 3.1.1.2 Optical Interface x x x Glass fiber Plastic fiber F-SMA connector BFOC/2.5 connector B 3.1.1.3 Transmission Rate x x 9,600 bit/s 19,200 bit/s
B-18
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
B 3.1.2
Link Layer
There are no selection options for the link layer. B 3.1.3 Application Layer
B 3.1.3.1 Transmission Mode for Application Data Mode 1 (least significant octet first) as defined in clause 4.10 of IEC 60870-5-4 is used exclusively in this companion standard. B 3.1.3.2 Common Address of ASDU x One COMMON ADDRESS of ASDU (identical to the station address) More than one COMMON ADDRESS of ASDU B 3.1.3.3 Selection of Standard Information Numbers in Monitor Direction B 3.1.3.3.1 System Functions in Monitor Direction INF x x x x x <0> <0> <2> <3> <4> <5> Description End of general interrogation Time synchronization Reset FCB Reset CU Start / restart Power on
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
B-19

(continued)
B 3.1.3.3.2 Status Indications in Monitor Direction INF x x x x x x <16> <17> <18> <19> <20> <21> <22> x x x x x x x x <23> <24> <25> <26> <27> <28> <29> <30> Description Auto-recloser active Teleprotection active Protection active LED reset Blocking of monitor direction Test mode Local parameter setting Characteristic 1 Characteristic 2 Characteristic 3 Characteristic 4 Auxiliary input 1 Auxiliary input 2 Auxiliary input 3 Auxiliary input 4 036 090 036 091 036 092 036 093 034 000 034 001 034 002 034 003 PSS: PS 1 active PSS: PS 2 active PSS: PS 3 active PSS: PS 4 active LOGIC: Input 1 EXT LOGIC: Input 2 EXT LOGIC: Input 3 EXT LOGIC: Input 4 EXT AREVA Designations Address Description 015 064 015 008 003 030 021 010 037 075 037 071 ARC: Enabled PSIG: Enabled MAIN: Device on-line MAIN: Reset indicat. USER COMM1: Sig./meas.val.block. MAIN: Test mode
B-20
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
B 3.1.3.3.3 Monitoring Signals (Supervision Indications) in Monitor Direction AREVA Designations INF Description Address Description x x x x <32> <33> <35> <36>11 <37> x x x x <38> <39> <46> <47> Measurand supervision I Measurand supervision V Phase sequence supervision Trip circuit supervision I>> back-up operation VT fuse failure Teleprotection disturbed Group warning Group alarm 004 061 036 060 036 100 004 065 MAIN: M.c.b. trip V EXT PSIG: Telecom. faulty SFMON: Warning (relay) MAIN: Blocked/Faulty 040 087 038 023 038 049 041 200 MCMON: Meas. circ. I faulty MCMON: Meas. circ. V faulty MCMON: Phase sequ. V faulty SFMON: Relay Kxx faulty
11
The message content is formed from the OR operation of the individual signals. B-21
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
B 3.1.3.3.4 Earth Fault Indications in Monitor Direction INF x x x x x <48> <49> <50> <51> <52> Description Earth fault L1 Earth fault L2 Earth fault L3 Earth fault forward, i.e. line Earth fault reverse, i.e. busbar AREVA Designations Address Description 041 054 041 055 041 056 041 088 041 089 MAIN: Ground fault A MAIN: Ground fault B MAIN: Ground fault C MAIN: Gnd. fault forw./LS MAIN: Gnd. fault backw./BS
B-22
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
B 3.1.3.3.5 Fault Indications in Monitor Direction INF x x x x x <64> <65> <66> <67> <68> <69> <70> <71> <72> x x x x <73> <74> <75> <76> Description Start /pick-up L1 Start /pick-up L3 Start /pick-up L3 Start /pick-up N General trip Trip L1 Trip L2 Trip L3 Trip I>> (back-up operation) Fault location X in ohms Fault forward/line Fault reverse/busbar Teleprotection signal transmitted 004 029 036 018 036 019 036 035 FT_DA: Fault react., prim. SCDD: Fault P forward SCDD: Fault P backward PSIG: Send (signal) AREVA Designations Address Description 040 005 040 006 040 007 040 008 036 071 MAIN: Starting A MAIN: Starting B MAIN: Starting C MAIN: Starting GF MAIN: Gen. trip command 1
<77> <78> <79> <80> <81> <82> <83>
Teleprotection signal received Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 3 Zone 4 Zone 5 Zone 6
037 029
PSIG: Receive (signal)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
B-23

(continued)
INF x x <84> <85> <86> <87> <88> <89> x x x x <90> <91> <92> <93>
Description General starting Breaker failure Trip measuring system L1 Trip measuring system L2 Trip measuring system L3 Trip measuring system E Trip I> Trip I>> Trip IN> Trip IN>>
AREVA Designations Address Description 040 000 036 017 MAIN: General starting CBF: CB failure
040 042 040 011 040 043 040 028
MAIN: TripSig. tI>/tIrefP> DTOC: Trip Signal tI>> MAIN: TripSig. tIN>/tIrefN> DTOC: Trip Signal tIN>>
B-24
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
B 3.1.3.3.6 Auto-Reclosure Indications in Monitor Direction INF x x x <128> <129> <130> Description CB on by AR CB on by long-time AR AR blocked AREVA Designations Address Description 037 007 037 006 037 008 ARC: (Re)close signal HSR ARC: (Re)close signal TDR ARC: Not ready
B 3.1.3.3.7 Measurands in Monitor Direction INF x x <144>12 <145>13 Description Measurand I Measurands I, V AREVA Designations Address Description 006 041 006 041 005 045 006 041 005 045 004 051 004 053 005 011 005 013 005 041 006 041 007 041 005 043 006 043 007 043 004 051 004 053 004 040 MAIN: Current B p.u. MAIN: Current B p.u. MAIN: Voltage A-B p.u. MAIN: Current B p.u. MAIN: Voltage A-B p.u. MAIN: Active power P p.u. MAIN: Reac. power Q p.u. MAIN: Current (IP) p.u. MAIN: Volt. (VPG)/3 p.u. MAIN: Current A p.u. MAIN: Current B p.u. MAIN: Current C p.u. MAIN: Voltage A-G p.u. MAIN: Voltage B-G p.u. MAIN: Voltage C-G p.u. MAIN: Active power P p.u. MAIN: Reac. power Q p.u. MAIN: Frequency f
<146>14
Measurands I, V, P, Q
<147>15
Measurands IN, VEN
<148>16
Measurands IA,B,C, VA,B,C, P, Q, f
12 13
only with setting only with setting 14 only with setting 15 only with setting 16 only with setting
COMM1: COMM1: COMM1: COMM1: COMM1:
Transm.enab.cycl.dat Transm.enab.cycl.dat Transm.enab.cycl.dat Transm.enab.cycl.dat Transm.enab.cycl.dat
to "ASDU 3.1 p. IEC" to "ASDU 3.2 p. IEC" to "ASDU 3.3 p. IEC" to "ASDU 3.4 p. IEC" to "ASDU 9 p. IEC" B-25
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
B 3.1.3.3.8 Generic Functions in Monitor Direction INF <240> <241> <243> <244> <245> <249> <250> <251> Description Read headings of all defined groups Read values or attributes of all entries of one group Read directory of a single entry Read value or attribute of a single entry General interrogation of generic data Write entry with confirmation Write entry with execution Write entry abort
B-26
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
B 3.1.3.4
Selection of Standard Information Numbers in Control Direction
B 3.1.3.4.1 System Functions in Control Direction INF x x <0> <0> Description Initiation of general interrogation Time synchronization
B 3.1.3.4.2 General Commands in Control Direction INF x x x x x x x x <16> <17> <18> <19> <23>17 <24>18 <25>19 <26>20 Description Auto-recloser on/off Teleprotection on/off Protection on/off LED reset Activate characteristic 1 Activate characteristic 2 Activate characteristic 3 Activate characteristic 4 AREVA Designations Address Description 015 060 015 004 003 030 021 010 003 060 003 060 003 060 003 060 ARC: General enable USER PSIG: General enable USER MAIN: Device on-line MAIN: Reset indicat. USER PSS: Param.subs.sel. USER PSS: Param.subs.sel. USER PSS: Param.subs.sel. USER PSS: Param.subs.sel. USER
17 18
Switches Switches 19 Switches 20 Switches
PSS: PSS: PSS: PSS:
Param.subs.sel.USER Param.subs.sel.USER Param.subs.sel.USER Param.subs.sel.USER
to "Parameter set 1" to "Parameter set 2" to "Parameter set 3" to "Parameter set 4" B-27
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
B 3.1.3.4.3 Generic Functions in Control Direction INF <240> <241> <243> <244> <245> <248> <249> <250> <251> Description Read headings of all defined groups Read values or attributes of all entries of one group Read directory of a single entry Read value or attribute of a single entry General interrogation of generic data Write entry Write entry with confirmation Write entry with execution Write entry abort
B-28
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
B 3.1.3.5 x x x
Basic Application Functions
Test mode Blocking of monitor direction Disturbance data Generic services
Private data Miscellaneous
B 3.1.3.6
Measured values are transmitted both with ASDU 3 and ASDU 9. As defined in Sec. 7.2.6.8, the maximum MVAL can be either 1.2 or 2.4 times the rated value. In ASDU 3 and ASDU 9, different ratings may not be used; in other words, there is only one choice for each measurand. Measured value Max. MVAL = nom. value multiplied by 1,2 Current A Current B Current C Voltage A-G Voltage B-G Voltage C-G Enabled power P Reactive power Q Frequency f Voltage A-B or 2,4 x x x x x x x x x x
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
B-29
B-30
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
Appendix C - List of Bay Types
Key
Sorting the Bay Types The bay types are sorted by the criteria listed below. These criteria are encoded in the first three characters of the bay type code (example: A11.100.R01) given in brackets after the Bay Type No. (example: 2). Sorting is first by "Type of bay" in the order given below, then within each group by the second and third character in ascending order.
!
" " " " " " " !
Type of bay A - Feeder bays L - Bus sectionalizer bay Q - Bus coupler bay K - Bus coupler and sectionalizer bay M - Busbar measurement bay E - Busbar grounding bay X - Other bay type Number of busbars 1 - Single busbar 2 - Double busbar 9 - Without busbar / other configurations
" " " !
Equipment 1 - Bays with switch truck or withdrawable switchgear assembly 2 - Bays with two circuit breakers or switch disconnectors on switch trucks or withdrawable switchgear assembly " 3 - Bays with stationary switchgear units " 5 - Bays with stationary switchgear units and three-position disconnector " 9 - Other bay types
" "
Bay Type No.:
This number indicates the value to be set at M AIN : T yp e o f b a y (folder "Para/Conf") in order to configure the unit for the selected bay type.
Special Designations for External Devices: Mot.relay: Motor relay Shunt wd. Shunt winding
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-1

(continued)
Table "Assignment of Binary Inputs and Output Relays" Column "Switchgear unit" This column begins with the designation for the external device (switchgear unit). The function group follows in brackets. The function group encompasses all setting options for monitoring the switchgear unit and its signals. "Open" and "Close(d)" indicate the signal message or control direction of the switchgear unit. The "Open" or "Closed" signal should be connected to the binary input U xxxx. The connection points of the binary input U xxxx are shown in the terminal connection diagrams. The "Open" or "Close" control of the switchgear unit is effected via output relay K xxxx. The connection points of the output relay K xxxx are shown in the terminal connection diagrams.
Column "Binary Input":
Column "Output relay"
Table "Bay Interlock Equations for Operation without Station Interlocking" Note! The interlock equations are stored at substation control level, not at unit level. Symbols used in the Boolean interlock equations: /: Negation 0: Switchgear unit "Open" I: Switchgear unit "Closed" X: Switchgear unit in intermediate position FctBl1: FctBl2: Function block 1, configuration at M A I N : F c t . a s g . f c t . b l o c k .1 (Folder "Para/Func/Ctrl") Function block 2, configuration at M A I N : F c t . a s g . f c t . b l o c k .2 (Folder "Para/Func/Ctrl")
C-2
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 2
(A11.100.R01)
Feeder bay with circuit breaker, single busbar
Assignment of Binary Inputs and Output Relays

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) X0 (DEV02) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / /
Bay Interlock Equations for Operation without Station Interlocking

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(X0=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Bay Interlock Equations for Operation with Station Interlocking

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-3

(continued)
Bay Type No. 3
(A11.100.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04
Output relay
K K K K A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q0 X0
Control O/C
Close(d) Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(X0=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-4
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 546
(A11.101.M03)
Feeder bay with circuit breaker, single busbar,direct motor control

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) X0 (DEV02) Q8 (DEV03) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U U U / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B06
Output relay
K K K K K K / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X0
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d) Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(X0=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (X0=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-5

(continued)
Bay Type No. 4
(A11.101.R01)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) X0 (DEV02) Q8 (DEV03) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-6
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 5
(A11.101.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q0 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(X0=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-7

(continued)
Bay Type No. 6
(A11.101.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K K K K K K A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-8
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 523
(A11.108.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(X0=X) & (Q15=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-9

(continued)
Bay Type No. 549
(A11.109.M03)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q8 (DEV02) X0 (DEV03) Q15 (DEV04) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U U U U U / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B01 B02 B06
Output relay
K K K K K K / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(X0=X) & (Q15=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (X0=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-10
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 244
(A11.109.R01)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) X0 (DEV02) Q8 (DEV03) Q15 (DEV07) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 C01 C02
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-11

(continued)
Bay Type No. 544
(A11.109.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B01 B02
Output relay
K K K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-12
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 567
(A11.132.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-13

(continued)
Bay Type No. 521
(A11.134.R02.1)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) X0 (DEV02) Q1 (DEV03) Q81 (DEV04) Q82 (DEV05) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B01 B02 B03 B04
Output relay
K K / / K K / / / / A01 A02 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(X0=X) & /(Q1=X) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(X0=X) & /(Q1=X) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
C-14
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 519
(A11.135.R02.1)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) X0 (DEV02) Q1 (DEV03) Q81 (DEV04) Q82 (DEV05) Q15 (DEV06) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U U U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B01 B02 B03 B04 B05 B06
Output relay
K K / / K K / / / / / / A01 A02 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(X0=X) & /(Q1=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(X0=X) & /(Q1=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-15

(continued)
Bay Type No. 7
(A11.200.R01)
Feeder bay with switch disconnector, single busbar

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-16
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 8
(A11.200.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04
Output relay
K K K K A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q0 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-17

(continued)
Bay Type No. 9
(A11.201.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-18
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 10
(A11.201.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q0 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-19

(continued)
Bay Type No. 11
(A11.201.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K K K K K K A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-20
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 12
(A11.400.R01)
Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, single busbar

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) X0 (DEV02) F (SIG_1: Signal S011) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 B05
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-21

(continued)
Bay Type No. 13
(A11.400.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 B05
Output relay
K K K K / A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q0 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-22
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 14
(A11.401.R01)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) X0 (DEV02) Q8 (DEV03) F (SIG_1: Signal S011) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B05
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-23

(continued)
Bay Type No. 15
(A11.401.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B05
Output relay
K K K K / / / A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q0 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-24
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 16
(A11.401.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B05
Output relay
K K K K K K / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-25

(continued)
Bay Type No. 17
(A11.900.R01)
Feeder bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar

Switchgear unit
X0 (DEV01) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U A01 U A02
Output relay
K A01 K A02

Switchgear unit Control O/C Interlock equation
Interlock equations not defined

C-26
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 504
(A11.901.R00)
Feeder bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar

Switchgear unit
X0 (DEV02) Q8 (DEV03) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
/ / / /


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-27

(continued)
Bay Type No. 541
(A13.104.R01)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
C-28
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 18
(A13.105.M03)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q8 (DEV03) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U U U / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B06
Output relay
K K K K K K / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q8
Control O/C
Close(d) Open Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-29

(continued)
Bay Type No. 19
(A13.105.R01)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q8 (DEV03) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-30
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 20
(A13.105.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-31

(continued)
Bay Type No. 21
(A13.105.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K K K K K K A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-32
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 557
(A13.106.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K K K K K K A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q9
Control O/C
Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q9=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 22
(A13.107.M04)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q9 (DEV03) Q8 (DEV04) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K K K / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B01 B02
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q8 Q9
Control O/C
Close(d) Open Close(d) Close(d) Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q9=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) (Q9=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q8 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-34
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 23
(A13.107.R01)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q9 (DEV03) Q8 (DEV04) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q9=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-35

(continued)
Bay Type No. 24
(A13.107.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q9=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q9=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
C-36
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 25
(A13.107.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K K K A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B01 B02

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q8 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q8 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-37

(continued)
Bay Type No. 508
(A13.111.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
C-38
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 26
(A13.200.R01)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U A01 U A02
Output relay
K A01 K A02


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-39

(continued)
Bay Type No. 27
(A13.201.M02)
Feeder bay with switch disconnector, single busbar,direct motor control

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q8 (DEV02) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U / / A01 A02 A03 A04 B06
Output relay
K K K K / A01 A02 A03 A04
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0)
C-40
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 28
(A13.201.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-41

(continued)
Bay Type No. 29
(A13.201.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04
Output relay
K K K K A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0)
C-42
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 30
(A13.205.M03)
Feeder bay with switch disconnector, single busbar,direct motor control

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U U / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B06
Output relay
K K K K K K / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-43

(continued)
Bay Type No. 31
(A13.205.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-44
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 32
(A13.205.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-45

(continued)
Bay Type No. 33
(A13.205.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K K K K K K A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-46
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 34
(A13.400.R01)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) F (SIG_1: Signal S011) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U A01 U A02 U B05
Output relay
K A01 K A02 /


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-47

(continued)
Bay Type No. 35
(A13.401.M02)
Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, single busbar,direct motor control

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q8 (DEV02) F (SIG_1: Signal S011) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 B05
Output relay
K K K K / / K B05 K B06 A01 A02 A03 A04
U B06 / /

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0)
C-48
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 36
(A13.401.R01)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q8 (DEV02) F (SIG_1: Signal S011) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 B05
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-49

(continued)
Bay Type No. 37
(A13.401.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 B05
Output relay
K K K K / A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0)
C-50
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 38
(A13.405.M03)
Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, single busbar,direct motor control

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q8 (DEV03) F (SIG_1: Signal S011) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B05
Output relay
K K K K K K / / K B05 K B06 A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
U B06 / /

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-51

(continued)
Bay Type No. 39
(A13.405.R01)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q8 (DEV03) F (SIG_1: Signal S011) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B05
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-52
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 40
(A13.405.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B05
Output relay
K K K K / / / A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-53

(continued)
Bay Type No. 41
(A13.405.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B05
Output relay
K K K K K K / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-54
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 503
(A13.432.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 B05
Output relay
K K K K / A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-55

(continued)
Bay Type No. 507
(A13.433.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B05
Output relay
K K K K / / / A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) & (Q15=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) & (Q15=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0)
C-56
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 220
(A15.105.M02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U U / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B06
Output relay
K K K K / / / A01 A02 A03 A04
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1
Control O/C
Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) /(Q1=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-57

(continued)
Bay Type No. 42
(A15.105.M03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U U / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B06
Output relay
K K K K K K / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q8
Control O/C
Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) /(Q1=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) (Q0=I) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-58
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 43
(A15.105.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) /(Q1=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) /(Q1=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-59

(continued)
Bay Type No. 221
(A15.105.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) /(Q1=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0)
C-60
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 44
(A15.105.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K K K K K K A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) /(Q1=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=I) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-61

(continued)
Bay Type No. 45
(A21.104.M04)
Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar,direct motor control

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q2 (DEV03) X0 (DEV04) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 X0
Control O/C
Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(X0=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(X0=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
C-62
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 46
(A21.104.R01)
Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q2 (DEV03) X0 (DEV04) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(X0=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-63

(continued)
Bay Type No. 47
(A21.104.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(X0=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-64
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 48
(A21.104.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-65

(continued)
Bay Type No. 49
(A21.105.M05)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q2 (DEV03) X0 (DEV04) Q8 (DEV05) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U U U U U U U / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B01 B02 B03 B04 B06
Output relay
K K K K K K K K K K / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B01 B02 B03 B04
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8 X0
Control O/C
Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Close(d) Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(X0=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) (X0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(X0=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (X0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
C-66
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 50
(A21.105.R01)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q2 (DEV03) X0 (DEV04) Q8 (DEV05) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-67

(continued)
Bay Type No. 51
(A21.105.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-68
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 52
(A21.105.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B01 B02

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(X0=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(X0=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-69

(continued)
Bay Type No. 53
(A21.105.R05)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K K K K K A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B01 B02 B03 B04

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-70
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 526
(A21.125.R02)

Switchgear unit
Q01 (DEV01) Q02 (DEV02) X01 (DEV03) X02 (DEV04) Q8 (DEV05) Q15 (DEV06) Q25 (DEV07) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U U U U U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B01 B02 B03 B04 B05 B06 C01 C02
Output relay
K K K K / / / / / / / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q25=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q25=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q25=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q25=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-71

(continued)
Bay Type No. 54
(A21.204.M04)
Feeder bay with switch disconnector, double busbar,direct motor control

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-72
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 55
(A21.204.R01)
Feeder bay with switch disconnector, double busbar

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-73

(continued)
Bay Type No. 56
(A21.204.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-74
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 57
(A21.204.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-75

(continued)
Bay Type No. 58
(A21.205.M05)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q2 (DEV03) X0 (DEV04) Q8 (DEV05) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-76
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 59
(A21.205.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-77

(continued)
Bay Type No. 60
(A21.205.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-78
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 61
(A21.205.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-79

(continued)
Bay Type No. 62
(A21.205.R05)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-80
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 63
(A21.404.M04)
Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, double busbar,direct motor control

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q2 (DEV03) X0 (DEV04) F (SIG_1: Signal S011) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B01 B02 B05
Output relay
K K K K K K K K / / K B05 K B06 A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B01 B02
U B06 / /

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-81

(continued)
Bay Type No. 64
(A21.404.R01)
Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, double busbar

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q2 (DEV03) X0 (DEV04) F (SIG_1: Signal S011) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-82
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 65
(A21.404.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-83

(continued)
Bay Type No. 66
(A21.404.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-84
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 67
(A21.405.M05)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q2 (DEV03) X0 (DEV04) Q8 (DEV05) F (SIG_1: Signal S011) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B01 B02 B03 B04 B05
Output relay
K K K K K K K K K K / / K B05 K B06 A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B01 B02 B03 B04
U B06 / /

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-85

(continued)
Bay Type No. 68
(A21.405.R01)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q2 (DEV03) X0 (DEV04) Q8 (DEV05) F (SIG_1: Signal S011) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-86
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 69
(A21.405.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-87

(continued)
Bay Type No. 70
(A21.405.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K K K / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B01 B02

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-88
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 71
(A21.405.R05)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-89

(continued)
Bay Type No. 72
(A22.101.R02)

Switchgear unit
Q01 (DEV01) Q02 (DEV02) X01 (DEV03) X02 (DEV04) Q8 (DEV05) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K / / / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q02=0) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q01=0) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
C-90
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 73
(A22.101.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02 X01 X02
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q02=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & (Q8=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02 X01 X02
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) & (Q8=0) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-91

(continued)
Bay Type No. 74
(A22.101.R05)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02 Q8 X01 X02
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d) Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q02=0) (Q01=0) (X01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & (X02=0) & (Q8=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02 Q8 X01 X02
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (X01=0) & (X02=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) & (Q8=0) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
C-92
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 75
(A22.103.R02)

Switchgear unit
Q01 (DEV01) Q02 (DEV02) X01 (DEV03) X02 (DEV04) Q9 (DEV05) Q8 (DEV06) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K / / / / / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q02=0) & /(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q01=0) & /(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) /(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-93

(continued)
Bay Type No. 76
(A22.103.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K / / / / K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04
B03 B04

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q02=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) & & & & /(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) /(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q9=X) /(Q9=X) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) & & & & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
C-94
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 77
(A22.103.R05)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B01 B02 B03 B04

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02 Q9 X01 X02
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q02=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) & & & & /(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) /(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02 Q9 X01 X02
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q9=X) /(Q9=X) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) & & & & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-95

(continued)
Bay Type No. 78
(A22.103.R06)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K K K K K K K A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B01 B02 B03 B04 B05 B06

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02 Q8 Q9 X01 X02
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d) Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q02=0) (Q01=0) (Q9=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) & /(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & /(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & (Q02=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02 Q8 Q9 X01 X02
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q9=X) /(Q9=X) (Q9=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & (Q02=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
C-96
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 79
(A22.201.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K / / / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q02=0) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q01=0) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-97

(continued)
Bay Type No. 80
(A22.201.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02 X01 X02
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q02=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & (Q8=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02 X01 X02
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) & (Q8=0) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
C-98
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 81
(A22.201.R05)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02 Q8 X01 X02
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q02=0) (Q01=0) (X01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & (X02=0) & (Q8=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02 Q8 X01 X02
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (X01=0) & (X02=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) & (Q8=0) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-99

(continued)
Bay Type No. 82
(A22.203.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K / / / / / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q02=0) & /(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q01=0) & /(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) /(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
C-100
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 83
(A22.203.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K / / / / K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04
B03 B04

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q02=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) & & & & /(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) /(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q9=X) /(Q9=X) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) & & & & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-101

(continued)
Bay Type No. 84
(A22.203.R05)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02 Q9 X01 X02
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q02=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) & & & & /(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) /(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02 Q9 X01 X02
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q9=X) /(Q9=X) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) & & & & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
C-102
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 85
(A22.203.R06)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02 Q8 Q9 X01 X02
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q02=0) (Q01=0) (Q9=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) & /(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & /(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & (Q02=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02 Q8 Q9 X01 X02
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q9=X) /(Q9=X) (Q9=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & (Q02=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-103

(continued)
Bay Type No. 86
(A23.104.M03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U U / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B06
Output relay
K K K K K K / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-104
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 87
(A23.104.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-105

(continued)
Bay Type No. 88
(A23.104.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K K K K K K A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-106
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 89
(A23.105.M04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8
Control O/C
Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q8=0) (Q8=0) (Q2=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d) Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q8=0) (Q8=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-107

(continued)
Bay Type No. 90
(A23.105.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-108
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 91
(A23.105.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q8=0) (Q8=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-109

(continued)
Bay Type No. 92
(A23.105.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-110
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 93
(A23.106.M04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(Q9=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(Q9=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-111

(continued)
Bay Type No. 94
(A23.106.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(Q9=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-112
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 95
(A23.106.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-113

(continued)
Bay Type No. 96
(A23.107.M05)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q2 (DEV03) Q9 (DEV04) Q8 (DEV05) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(Q9=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) (Q9=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(Q9=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q9=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
C-114
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 97
(A23.107.R01)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q2 (DEV03) Q9 (DEV04) Q8 (DEV05) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-115

(continued)
Bay Type No. 98
(A23.107.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(Q9=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(Q9=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
C-116
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 99
(A23.107.R05)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-117

(continued)
Bay Type No. 100
(A23.204.M03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U U / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B06
Output relay
K K K K K K / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-118
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 101
(A23.204.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-119

(continued)
Bay Type No. 102
(A23.204.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K K K K K K A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-120
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 103
(A23.205.M04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-121

(continued)
Bay Type No. 104
(A23.205.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-122
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 105
(A23.205.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-123

(continued)
Bay Type No. 106
(A23.205.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-124
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 107
(A23.206.M04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-125

(continued)
Bay Type No. 108
(A23.206.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-126
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 109
(A23.206.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-127

(continued)
Bay Type No. 110
(A23.207.M05)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-128
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 111
(A23.207.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-129

(continued)
Bay Type No. 112
(A23.207.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(Q9=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(Q9=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
C-130
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 113
(A23.207.R05)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 Q9
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-131

(continued)
Bay Type No. 114
(A23.404.M03)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q2 (DEV03) F (SIG_1: Signal S011) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B05
Output relay
K K K K K K / / K B05 K B06 A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
U B06 / /

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-132
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 115
(A23.404.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B05
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-133

(continued)
Bay Type No. 116
(A23.404.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B05
Output relay
K K K K K K / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-134
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 117
(A23.405.M04)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q2 (DEV03) Q8 (DEV04) F (SIG_1: Signal S011) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K K K / / K B05 K B06 A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B01 B02
U B06 / /

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-135

(continued)
Bay Type No. 118
(A23.405.R01)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q2 (DEV03) Q8 (DEV04) F (SIG_1: Signal S011) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-136
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 119
(A23.405.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-137

(continued)
Bay Type No. 120
(A23.405.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-138
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 222
(A25.105.M03.1)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Open Close(d) Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q8=0) (Q8=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-139

(continued)
Bay Type No. 223
(A25.105.M03.2)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-140
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 121
(A25.105.M04.1)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8
Control O/C
Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q8=0) (Q8=0) (Q2=0) (Q2=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8
Control O/C
Open Close(d) Close(d) Close(d) Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q8=0) (Q8=0) (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-141

(continued)
Bay Type No. 122
(A25.105.M04.2)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q8=0) (Q8=0) (Q2=0) (Q2=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & (FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-142
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 123
(A25.105.R01.1)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-143

(continued)
Bay Type No. 124
(A25.105.R01.2)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Open Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-144
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 224
(A25.105.R03.1)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-145

(continued)
Bay Type No. 225
(A25.105.R03.2)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-146
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 125
(A25.105.R04.1)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-147

(continued)
Bay Type No. 126
(A25.105.R04.2)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-148
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 127
(A25.128.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q81=0) & (Q82=0) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-149

(continued)
Bay Type No. 128
(A25.128.R05)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q81 Q82
Control O/C
Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q81=0) & (Q82=0) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q81=0) & (Q82=0) (Q81=0) & (Q82=0) (Q2=0) (Q2=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q2=0) (Q2=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q81 Q82
Control O/C
Open Close(d) Close(d) Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q81=0) & (Q82=0) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) (Q81=0) & (Q82=0) (Q81=0) & (Q82=0) (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
(Q2=0) (Q2=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q2=0) (Q2=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
C-150
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 133
(L11.100.R01)
Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, single busbar

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-151

(continued)
Bay Type No. 553
(L11.100.R01.2)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
C-152
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 134
(L11.100.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04
Output relay
K K K K A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q0 X01
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 X01
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-153

(continued)
Bay Type No. 528
(L11.102.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-154
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 542
(L11.102.R01.2)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-155

(continued)
Bay Type No. 135
(L11.104.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
C-156
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 136
(L11.104.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q0 X01
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 X01
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-157

(continued)
Bay Type No. 137
(L11.104.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K K K K K K A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X01
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (X01=0) & (Q8=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X01
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-158
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 547
(L11.112.M04)
Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, single busbar,direct motor control

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) X0 (DEV02) Q15 (DEV03) Q16 (DEV04) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q15 Q16 X0
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d) Close(d) Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(X0=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q16=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q15=I) (Q16=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(X0=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q16=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-159

(continued)
Bay Type No. 564
(L11.112.R01.2)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q16=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
C-160
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 138
(L11.116.R01)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) X01 (DEV02) X02 (DEV03) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-161

(continued)
Bay Type No. 545
(L11.116.R01.2)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-162
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 139
(L11.116.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K K K K K K A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 X01 X02
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 X01 X02
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-163

(continued)
Bay Type No. 548
(L11.120.M03)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q8 (DEV02) X01 (DEV03) X02 (DEV04) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X01
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (X01=0) & (X02=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X01
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-164
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 552
(L11.120.M03.2)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q8 (DEV02) X01 (DEV03) X02 (DEV04) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X01
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X01
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-165

(continued)
Bay Type No. 140
(L11.120.R01)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) X01 (DEV02) X02 (DEV03) Q8 (DEV04) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-166
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 141
(L11.120.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 X01 X02
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 X01 X02
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-167

(continued)
Bay Type No. 543
(L11.120.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K / / K K A01 A02 A03 A04 B01 B02

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X01
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X01
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-168
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 142
(L11.120.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X01 X02
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (X01=0) & (X02=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q8 X01 X02
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (X01=0) & (X02=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-169

(continued)
Bay Type No. 558
(L11.128.R01)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) X01 (DEV02) X02 (DEV03) Q81 (DEV04) Q82 (DEV05) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-170
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 143
(L13.113.M03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q11=X) & /(Q12=X) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-171

(continued)
Bay Type No. 144
(L13.113.M05)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12 Q81 Q82
Control O/C
Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(Q11=X) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q0=0) & (Q0=0) & & /(Q12=X) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q81=0) & (Q82=0) (Q81=0) & (Q82=0) (Q11=0) & (Q12=0) (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12 Q81 Q82
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-172
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 145
(L13.113.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(Q11=X) & /(Q12=X) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(Q11=X) & /(Q12=X) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-173

(continued)
Bay Type No. 146
(L13.113.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-174
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 517
(L13.113.R03.2)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K / / K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04 B01 B02

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q81
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q11=X) & /(Q12=X) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q81
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q11=X) & /(Q12=X) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-175

(continued)
Bay Type No. 147
(L13.113.R05)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12 Q81 Q82
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12 Q81 Q82
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-176
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 148
(L13.200.R01)
Bus sectionalizer bay with switch disconnector, single busbar

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U A01 U A02
Output relay
K A01 K A02


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-177

(continued)
Bay Type No. 149
(L13.202.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q15=0) & (Q16=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q15=0) & (Q16=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
C-178
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 150
(L13.202.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K K K K K K A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q15 Q16
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q15=0) & (Q16=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) & (Q15=I) (Q0=0) & (Q16=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q15 Q16
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q15=0) & (Q16=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-179

(continued)
Bay Type No. 226
(L15.113.M03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q15=0) & (Q16=0) /(Q11=X) & /(Q12=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q16=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-180
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 151
(L15.113.M05)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12 Q15 Q16
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q15=0) & (Q16=0) /(Q11=X) & /(Q12=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q16=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0) (Q0=I) & (Q12=I) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=I) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & (Q15=I) (Q0=I) & (Q11=I) (Q0=0) & (Q12=0) & (Q11=I) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & (Q16=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12 Q15 Q16
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q15=0) & (Q16=0) /(Q11=X) & /(Q12=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q16=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0) (Q0=I) & (Q12=I) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=I) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=I) & (Q11=I) (Q0=0) & (Q12=0) & (Q11=I) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-181

(continued)
Bay Type No. 152
(L15.113.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Open Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-182
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 227
(L15.113.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-183

(continued)
Bay Type No. 153
(L15.113.R05)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12 Q15 Q16
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12 Q15 Q16
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-184
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 154
(L21.101.M04.1)
Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, double busbar,direct motor control

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q11=X) & /(Q12=X) & /(X0=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-185

(continued)
Bay Type No. 155
(L21.101.M04.2)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q21 Q22 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q21 Q22 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-186
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 156
(L21.101.R01.1)
Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, double busbar

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-187

(continued)
Bay Type No. 157
(L21.101.R01.2)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-188
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 158
(L21.101.R03.1)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q11=X) & /(Q12=X) & /(X0=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-189

(continued)
Bay Type No. 159
(L21.101.R03.2)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q21 Q22
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q21 Q22
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-190
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 160
(L21.101.R04.1)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-191

(continued)
Bay Type No. 161
(L21.101.R04.2)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q21 Q22 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q21 Q22 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-192
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 513
(L21.109.R03.1)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(Q11=X) & /(Q12=X) & /(X0=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-193

(continued)
Bay Type No. 514
(L21.109.R03.2)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q21 Q22
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q21 Q22
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-194
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 162
(L23.101.R02)

Switchgear unit
Q01 (DEV01) Q02 (DEV02) Q11 (DEV03) Q12 (DEV04) Q21 (DEV05) Q22 (DEV06) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K / / / / / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(Q11=X) & /(Q12=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) /(Q21=X) & /(Q22=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(Q11=X) & /(Q12=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) /(Q21=X) & /(Q22=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-195

(continued)
Bay Type No. 163
(L23.101.R06)

Switchgear unit
Q01 (DEV01) Q02 (DEV02) Q11 (DEV03) Q12 (DEV04) Q21 (DEV05) Q22 (DEV06) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02 Q11 Q12 Q21 Q22
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(Q11=X) & /(Q12=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) /(Q21=X) & /(Q22=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) (Q02=0)

Switchgear unit
Q01 Q02 Q11 Q12 Q21 Q22
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(Q11=X) & /(Q12=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) /(Q21=X) & /(Q22=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q01=0) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) (Q02=0) (Q02=0)
C-196
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 554
(L23.901.M01.1)
Bus sectionalizer bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar,direct motor control

Switchgear unit
Q11 (DEV01) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U A01 U A02 U B06 / /
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / K B05 K B06


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-197

(continued)
Bay Type No. 555
(L23.901.M01.2)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U A01 U A02 U B06 / /
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / K B05 K B06


C-198
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 164
(L23.901.R02)
Bus sectionalizer bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04
Output relay
K K K K A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q11 Q21
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q11=0) (Q11=I) (Q21=0) (Q21=I)

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-199

(continued)
Bay Type No. 242
(L23.903.M01.3)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U U / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B06
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q12
Control O/C
Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q12=0) (Q12=I)

C-200
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 243
(L23.903.M01.4)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U U / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B06
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q21
Control O/C
Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q21=0) (Q21=I)

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-201

(continued)
Bay Type No. 511
(L23.903.M02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K / / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q11 Q21
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q11=0) (Q11=I) (Q21=0) (Q21=I)

C-202
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 228
(L25.113.M03.1)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-203

(continued)
Bay Type No. 229
(L25.113.M03.2)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q21 Q22
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q21 Q22
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-204
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 165
(L25.113.M05.1)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12 Q15 Q16
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12 Q15 Q16
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-205

(continued)
Bay Type No. 166
(L25.113.M05.2)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q21 Q22 Q25 Q26
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q21 Q22 Q25 Q26
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-206
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 167
(L25.113.R01.1)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Open Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-207

(continued)
Bay Type No. 168
(L25.113.R01.2)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Open Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-208
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 230
(L25.113.R03.1)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-209

(continued)
Bay Type No. 231
(L25.113.R03.2)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q21 Q22
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q21 Q22
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-210
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 169
(L25.113.R05.1)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12 Q15 Q16
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q11 Q12 Q15 Q16
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-211

(continued)
Bay Type No. 170
(L25.113.R05.2)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q21 Q22 Q25 Q26
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q21 Q22 Q25 Q26
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-212
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 505
(Q21.100.R01)
Bus coupler bay with circuit breaker, double busbar

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-213

(continued)
Bay Type No. 197
(Q21.101.M04)
Bus coupler bay with circuit breaker, double busbar,direct motor control

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-214
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 198
(Q21.101.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-215

(continued)
Bay Type No. 199
(Q21.101.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-216
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 200
(Q21.101.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-217

(continued)
Bay Type No. 556
(Q21.112.M04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q15 Q25 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(X0=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q25=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q15=I) (Q25=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(X0=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q25=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0)
C-218
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 565
(Q21.112.M04.2)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q15 Q25 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(X0=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q25=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q15=I) (Q25=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
/(X0=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q25=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-219

(continued)
Bay Type No. 201
(Q21.117.R01)

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q10 (DEV02) Q20 (DEV03) Q11 (DEV04) Q21 (DEV05) X0 (DEV06) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-220
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 202
(Q21.117.R05)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-221

(continued)
Bay Type No. 203
(Q21.117.R06)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20 X0
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-222
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 245
(Q21.132.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-223

(continued)
Bay Type No. 563
(Q21.133.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-224
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 204
(Q23.101.M03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U U / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B06
Output relay
K K K K K K / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-225

(continued)
Bay Type No. 205
(Q23.101.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-226
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 206
(Q23.101.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
Output relay
K K K K K K A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-227

(continued)
Bay Type No. 207
(Q23.117.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-228
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 208
(Q23.117.R05)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-229

(continued)
Bay Type No. 236
(Q25.105.M03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) /(Q10=X) & /(Q20=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) /(Q10=X) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q0=0) & (Q0=0) & & /(Q20=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q8=0) (Q8=0) (Q8=0)
C-230
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 209
(Q25.105.M04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) /(Q10=X) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q0=I) & (Q0=0) & & /(Q20=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q8=0) (Q8=0) (Q20=I) (Q10=0) & (Q20=I) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & (Q8=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) /(Q10=X) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q0=0) & (Q0=0) & (Q0=I) & (Q0=0) & & /(Q20=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q8=0) (Q8=0) (Q8=0) (Q20=I) (Q10=0) & (Q20=I) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-231

(continued)
Bay Type No. 210
(Q25.105.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Open Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-232
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 237
(Q25.105.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-233

(continued)
Bay Type No. 211
(Q25.105.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) /(Q10=X) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q0=I) & (Q0=0) & & /(Q20=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q8=0) (Q8=0) (Q20=I) (Q10=0) & (Q20=I) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
C-234
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 238
(Q25.109.M03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-235

(continued)
Bay Type No. 212
(Q25.109.M04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-236
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 213
(Q25.109.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Open Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-237

(continued)
Bay Type No. 239
(Q25.109.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-238
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 214
(Q25.109.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20 Q8
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-239

(continued)
Bay Type No. 240
(Q25.113.M03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20
Control O/C
Interlock equation
C-240
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 215
(Q25.113.M05)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q15 Q20 Q25
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q15=0) & (Q25=0) /(Q10=X) & /(Q20=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q25=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0) (Q0=I) & (Q20=I) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=I) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & (Q15=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0) (Q0=I) & (Q10=I) (Q0=0) & (Q20=0) & (Q10=I) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & (Q25=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q15 Q20 Q25
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q15=0) & (Q25=0) /(Q10=X) & /(Q20=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q25=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0) (Q0=I) & (Q20=I) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=I) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0) (Q0=I) & (Q10=I) (Q0=0) & (Q20=0) & (Q10=I) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-241

(continued)
Bay Type No. 216
(Q25.113.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / / / / / /

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Open Close(d)
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0
Control O/C
Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
C-242
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 241
(Q25.113.R03)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20
Control O/C
Interlock equation

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q20
Control O/C
Interlock equation
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-243

(continued)
Bay Type No. 217
(Q25.113.R05)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q15 Q20 Q25
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q15=0) & (Q25=0) /(Q10=X) & /(Q20=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q25=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0) (Q0=I) & (Q20=I) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=I) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & (Q15=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0) (Q0=I) & (Q10=I) (Q0=0) & (Q20=0) & (Q10=I) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & (Q25=I)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q10 Q15 Q20 Q25
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q15=0) & (Q25=0) /(Q10=X) & /(Q20=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q25=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0) (Q0=I) & (Q20=I) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=I) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0) (Q0=I) & (Q10=I) (Q0=0) & (Q20=0) & (Q10=I) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
C-244
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 218
(K29.101.R02)
Bus coupler and sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, double busbar

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q10 (DEV02) Q20 (DEV03) Q11 (DEV04) Q21 (DEV05) X0 (DEV06) Q1 (DEV07) Q2 (DEV08) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B01 B02 B03 B04 B05 B06 C01 C02 C03 C04
Output relay
/ / K K K K / / / / / / / / / /
A03 A04 A05 A06

Switchgear unit
Q10 Q20
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q20=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0)

Switchgear unit
Q10 Q20
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q20=0) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-245

(continued)
Bay Type No. 219
(K29.101.R06)
Bus coupler and sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, double busbar

Switchgear unit
Q0 (DEV01) Q1 (DEV02) Q2 (DEV03) Q11 (DEV04) Q21 (DEV05) X0 (DEV06) Q10 (DEV07) Q20 (DEV08) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B01 B02 B03 B04 B05 B06 C01 C02 C03 C04
Output relay
K K K K K K K K K K K K / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B01 B02 B03 B04 B05 B06

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q11 Q2 Q21 X0
Control O/C
Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=I) & (Q1=I) & (Q0=I) & (Q1=I) & (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) (Q0=I) & (Q2=I) & (Q0=I) & (Q2=I) & (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & & /(X0=X) & /(Q10=X) & /(Q20=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
(Q10=I) & (X0=I) (Q10=I) & (X0=I)
(Q20=I) & (X0=I) (Q20=I) & (X0=I) (Q2=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0) (Q2=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)

Switchgear unit
Q0 Q1 Q11 Q2 Q21 X0
Control O/C
Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Interlock equation
/(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) (Q0=I) & (Q1=I) & (Q0=I) & (Q1=I) & (Q0=0) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) (Q0=I) & (Q2=I) & (Q0=I) & (Q2=I) & (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & & /(X0=X) & /(Q10=X) & /(Q20=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
(Q10=I) & (X0=I) (Q10=I) & (X0=I)
(Q20=I) & (X0=I) (Q20=I) & (X0=I) (Q2=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0) (Q2=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)
C-246
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 171
(M11.300.R00)
Busbar measurement bay with fuse unit, single busbar

Switchgear unit
X0 (DEV01) F (SIG_1: Signal S011) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U A01 U A02 U B05
Output relay
/ / /


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-247

(continued)
Bay Type No. 172
(M11.300.R01)

Switchgear unit
X0 (DEV01) F (SIG_1: Signal S011) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U A01 U A02 U B05
Output relay
K A01 K A02 /


C-248
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 540
(M11.304.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 B05
Output relay
K K K K / A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q15
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q15=I)

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-249

(continued)
Bay Type No. 173
(M11.900.R00)
Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U A01 U A02
Output relay
/ /


C-250
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 174
(M11.900.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U A01 U A02
Output relay
K A01 K A02


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-251

(continued)
Bay Type No. 175
(M13.312.M02)
Busbar measurement bay with fuse unit, single busbar,direct motor control

Switchgear unit
Q1 (DEV01) Q15 (DEV02) F (SIG_1: Signal S011) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 B05
Output relay
K K K K / / K B05 K B06 A01 A02 A03 A04
U B06 / /

Switchgear unit
Q15
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q15=I)

C-252
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 176
(M13.312.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 B05
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / /


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-253

(continued)
Bay Type No. 177
(M13.312.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 B05
Output relay
K K K K / A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q15
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q15=I)

C-254
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 506
(M13.902.R00)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U A01 U A02
Output relay
/ /


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-255

(continued)
Bay Type No. 232
(M15.903.M01)
Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar,direct motor control

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U / / A01 A02 A03 A04 B06
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q1
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q1
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0)
C-256
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 178
(M15.903.M02)
Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar,direct motor control

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U / / A01 A02 A03 A04 B06
Output relay
K K K K / A01 A02 A03 A04
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q1 Q8
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) (Q1=0)

Switchgear unit
Q1 Q8
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) (Q1=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-257

(continued)
Bay Type No. 233
(M15.903.R01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / /

Switchgear unit
Q1
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0)

Switchgear unit
Q1
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0)
C-258
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 179
(M15.903.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04
Output relay
K K K K A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q1 Q8
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) (Q1=0)

Switchgear unit
Q1 Q8
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q8=0) (Q1=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-259

(continued)
Bay Type No. 180
(M21.302.R02)
Busbar measurement bay with fuse unit, double busbar

Switchgear unit
Q1 (DEV01) Q2 (DEV02) X01 (DEV03) X02 (DEV04) F1 (SIG_1: Signal S011) F2 (SIG_1: Signal S012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K / / / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04
U B06


C-260
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 181
(M21.302.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
U B06

Switchgear unit
X01 X02
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q1=0) (Q1=0) (Q2=0) (Q2=0)

Switchgear unit
X01 X02
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q1=0) (Q1=0) (Q2=0) (Q2=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-261

(continued)
Bay Type No. 182
(M21.312.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K / / / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04
U B06

Switchgear unit
Q15 Q25
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q15=I) (Q25=I)

C-262
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 183
(M21.312.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
U B06

Switchgear unit
Q15 Q25
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q15=I) (Q25=I)

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-263

(continued)
Bay Type No. 184
(M21.902.R02)
Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar

Switchgear unit
Q1 (DEV01) Q2 (DEV02) X01 (DEV03) X02 (DEV04) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04


C-264
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 185
(M21.902.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
X01 X02
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q1=0) (Q1=0) (Q2=0) (Q2=0)

Switchgear unit
X01 X02
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q1=0) (Q1=0) (Q2=0) (Q2=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-265

(continued)
Bay Type No. 186
(M21.912.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q15 Q25
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q15=I) (Q25=I)

C-266
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 187
(M21.912.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q15 Q25
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q15=I) (Q25=I)

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-267

(continued)
Bay Type No. 188
(M23.302.R02)

Switchgear unit
Q1 (DEV01) Q2 (DEV02) F1 (SIG_1: Signal S011) F2 (SIG_1: Signal S012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 B05
Output relay
K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04
U B06


C-268
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 189
(M23.312.R02)

Switchgear unit
Q15 (DEV01) Q25 (DEV02) F1 (SIG_1: Signal S011) F2 (SIG_1: Signal S012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
U U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04 B05
Output relay
K K K K / / A01 A02 A03 A04
U B06

Switchgear unit
Q15 Q25
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q15=I) (Q25=I)

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-269

(continued)
Bay Type No. 190
(M23.328.M04)
Busbar measurement bay with fuse unit, double busbar,direct motor control

Switchgear unit
Q1 (DEV01) Q2 (DEV02) Q15 (DEV03) Q25 (DEV04) F2 (SIG_1: Signal S010) F1 (SIG_1: Signal S011) Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K K K K K / / / K B05 K B06 A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 B01 B02
U B05 U B06 / /

Switchgear unit
Q15 Q25
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q15=I) (Q25=I)

C-270
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 191
(M23.328.R02)

Switchgear unit
Q1 (DEV01) Q2 (DEV02) Q15 (DEV03) Q25 (DEV04) F1 (SIG_1: Signal S011) F2 (SIG_1: Signal S012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K / / / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04
U B06


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-271

(continued)
Bay Type No. 192
(M23.328.R04)

Switchgear unit
Q1 (DEV01) Q2 (DEV02) Q15 (DEV03) Q25 (DEV04) F1 (SIG_1: Signal S011) F2 (SIG_1: Signal S012) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d) Open Close(d)
Binary input
Output relay
U B06

Switchgear unit
Q15 Q25
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q15=I) (Q25=I)

C-272
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 193
(M23.902.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04
Output relay
K K K K A01 A02 A03 A04


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-273

(continued)
Bay Type No. 559
(M23.904.R00)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U A01 U A02
Output relay
/ /


C-274
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 509
(M23.906.M01)
Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar,direct motor control

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U / / A01 A02 A03 A04 B06
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / K B05 K B06


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-275

(continued)
Bay Type No. 529
(M23.906.M02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U / / A01 A02 A03 A04 B06
Output relay
K K K K / A01 A02 A03 A04
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q15
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q15=I)

C-276
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 560
(M23.908.R00)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U A01 U A02
Output relay
/ /


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-277

(continued)
Bay Type No. 510
(M23.910.M01)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U / / A01 A02 A03 A04 B06
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / / / K B05 K B06


C-278
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 530
(M23.910.M02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U / / A01 A02 A03 A04 B06
Output relay
K K K K / A01 A02 A03 A04
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q25
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q25=I)

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-279

(continued)
Bay Type No. 194
(M23.912.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04
Output relay
K K K K A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q15 Q25
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q15=I) (Q25=I)

C-280
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 234
(M25.903.M02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K / / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q81=0) (Q82=0)

Switchgear unit
Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q81=0) (Q82=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-281

(continued)
Bay Type No. 195
(M25.903.M04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q1 Q2 Q81 Q82
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q81=0) (Q82=0) (Q1=0) (Q2=0)

Switchgear unit
Q1 Q2 Q81 Q82
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q81=0) (Q82=0) (Q1=0) (Q2=0)
C-282
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 235
(M25.903.R02)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay
K K K K / / / / A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q81=0) (Q82=0)

Switchgear unit
Q1 Q2
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q81=0) (Q82=0)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-283

(continued)
Bay Type No. 196
(M25.903.R04)

Switchgear unit
Binary input
Output relay

Switchgear unit
Q1 Q2 Q81 Q82
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q81=0) (Q82=0) (Q1=0) (Q2=0)

Switchgear unit
Q1 Q2 Q81 Q82
Control O/C
Interlock equation
(Q81=0) (Q82=0) (Q1=0) (Q2=0)
C-284
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 129
(E13.901.M01)
Busbar grounding bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar,direct motor control

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U A01 U A02 U B06 / /
Output relay
K A01 K A02 / K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q15
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q15=I)

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-285

(continued)
Bay Type No. 130
(E13.901.R01)
Busbar grounding bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U A01 U A02
Output relay
K A01 K A02

Switchgear unit
Q15
Control O/C
Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q15=I)

C-286
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 131
(E23.903.M02)
Busbar grounding bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar,direct motor control

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U U / / A01 A02 A03 A04 B06
Output relay
K K K K / A01 A02 A03 A04
K B05 K B06

Switchgear unit
Q15 Q25
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q15=I) (Q25=I)

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-287

(continued)
Bay Type No. 132
(E23.903.R02)
Busbar grounding bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar

Switchgear unit
Binary input
U U U U A01 A02 A03 A04
Output relay
K K K K A01 A02 A03 A04

Switchgear unit
Q15 Q25
Control O/C
Close(d) Close(d)
Interlock equation
(Q15=I) (Q25=I)

C-288
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 1
(X99.901.R00)
Other bay type with other switchgear unit, without busbar

Switchgear unit Binary input Output relay


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-289

(continued)
Bay Type No. 980
(X99.902.R06.2)

Signal / Command
S001 (SIG_1: Signal S001) S002 (SIG_1: Signal S002) S003 (SIG_1: Signal S003) S004 (SIG_1: Signal S004) S005 (SIG_1: Signal S005) S006 (SIG_1: Signal S006) C001 (CMD_1: Command C001) C002 (CMD_1: Command C002) C003 (CMD_1: Command C003) C004 (CMD_1: Command C004) C005 (CMD_1: Command C005) C006 (CMD_1: Command C006)
Binary input
U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06 / / / / / /
Output relay
/ / / / / / K A01 K A02 K A03 K A04 K A05 K A06


C-290
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 981
(X99.903.R12.2)

Signal / Command
S001 (SIG_1: Signal S001) S002 (SIG_1: Signal S002) S003 (SIG_1: Signal S003) S004 (SIG_1: Signal S004) S005 (SIG_1: Signal S005) S006 (SIG_1: Signal S006) S007 (SIG_1: Signal S007) S008 (SIG_1: Signal S008) S009 (SIG_1: Signal S009) S010 (SIG_1: Signal S010) S011 (SIG_1: Signal S011) S012 (SIG_1: Signal S012) C001 (CMD_1: Command C001) C002 (CMD_1: Command C002) C003 (CMD_1: Command C003) C004 (CMD_1: Command C004) C005 (CMD_1: Command C005) C006 (CMD_1: Command C006) C007 (CMD_1: Command C007) C008 (CMD_1: Command C008) C009 (CMD_1: Command C009) C010 (CMD_1: Command C010) C011 (CMD_1: Command C011) C012 (CMD_1: Command C012)
Binary input
U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06 U B01 U B02 U B03 U B04 U B05 U B06 / / / / / / / / / / / /
Output relay
/ / / / / / / / / / / / K A01 K A02 K A03 K A04 K A05 K A06 K B01 K B02 K B03 K B04 K B05 K B06


P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-291

(continued)
Bay Type No. 982
(X99.904.R06.2)

Signal / Command
S001 (SIG_1: Signal S001) S002 (SIG_1: Signal S002) S003 (SIG_1: Signal S003) S004 (SIG_1: Signal S004) S005 (SIG_1: Signal S005) S006 (SIG_1: Signal S006) S007 (SIG_1: Signal S007) S008 (SIG_1: Signal S008) S009 (SIG_1: Signal S009) S010 (SIG_1: Signal S010) S011 (SIG_1: Signal S011) S012 (SIG_1: Signal S012) S013 (SIG_1: Signal S013) S014 (SIG_1: Signal S014) C001 (CMD_1: Command C001) C002 (CMD_1: Command C002) C003 (CMD_1: Command C003) C004 (CMD_1: Command C004) C005 (CMD_1: Command C005) C006 (CMD_1: Command C006)
Binary input
U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06 U C01 U C02 U C03 U C04 U C05 U C06 U C07 U C08 / / / / / /
Output relay
/ / / / / / / / / / / / / / K A01 K A02 K A03 K A04 K A05 K A06


C-292
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 983
(X99.905.R12.2)

Signal / Command
S001 (SIG_1: Signal S001) S002 (SIG_1: Signal S002) S003 (SIG_1: Signal S003) S004 (SIG_1: Signal S004) S005 (SIG_1: Signal S005) S006 (SIG_1: Signal S006) S007 (SIG_1: Signal S007) S008 (SIG_1: Signal S008) S009 (SIG_1: Signal S009) S010 (SIG_1: Signal S010) S011 (SIG_1: Signal S011) S012 (SIG_1: Signal S012) S013 (SIG_1: Signal S013) S014 (SIG_1: Signal S014) S015 (SIG_1: Signal S015) S016 (SIG_1: Signal S016) S017 (SIG_1: Signal S017) S018 (SIG_1: Signal S018) S019 (SIG_1: Signal S019) S020 (SIG_1: Signal S020) C001 (CMD_1: Command C001) C002 (CMD_1: Command C002) C003 (CMD_1: Command C003) C004 (CMD_1: Command C004) C005 (CMD_1: Command C005) C006 (CMD_1: Command C006) C007 (CMD_1: Command C007) C008 (CMD_1: Command C008) C009 (CMD_1: Command C009) C010 (CMD_1: Command C010) C011 (CMD_1: Command C011) C012 (CMD_1: Command C012)
Binary input
U A01 U A02 U A03 U A04 U A05 U A06 U B01 U B02 U B03 U B04 U B05 U B06 U C01 U C02 U C03 U C04 U C05 U C06 U C07 U C08 / / / / / / / / / / / /
Output relay
/ / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / K A01 K A02 K A03 K A04 K A05 K A06 K B01 K B02 K B03 K B04 K B05 K B06
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
C-293

(continued)


C-294
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
Appendix D - Terminal Connection Diagrams
D 1 Terminal Connection Diagrams D 1.1 Case 40 T
LOCATION ITEM DESIGN. CONNECTOR MEANING Voltage VAG Voltage VBG Voltage VCG Displacem. volt. VNG Voltage Vref
ITEM REFER. REFER.
LOCATION ITEM DESIGN. CONNECTOR MEANING
ITEM REFER. REFER.
LOCATION ITEM DESIGN. CONNECTOR MEANING Phase current A Phase current B Phase current C Phase current IN
ITEM REFER. REFER. IA IB IC IN
ITEM REFER. REFER.
ITEM REFER.
ITEM REFER. REFER.
REFER.
Alternative module (see order inform.)
19Y5140B_Xa_EN
D-1
Terminal connection diagram P139 in case 40 T, pin terminal connection, diagram P139.405, (part 1 of 6) Terminal connection diagram of the NCIT and RTD modules: see Chapters 5.3 and 5.4.
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
D-1

(continued)
ITEM REFER.
ITEM REFER. REFER.
REFER.
An. outp. ch.1 (A-1)
ITEM REFER. REFER.
ITEM REFER.
LOCATION ITEM DESIGN CONNECTOR MEANING
ITEM REFER. REFER.
ITEM DESIGN
Input channel 1(I-1)
Measur. input PT100
19Y5241C_EN
D-2
Terminal connection diagram P139 in case 40 T, pin terminal connection, diagram P139.405, (part 2 of 6)
D-2
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
ITEM REFER. REFER.
ITEM REFER. REFER.
ITEM REFER. REFER.
ITEM REFER. REFER.
ITEM REFER. REFER.
ITEM REFER. REFER.
Aux. voltage input
D-3
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
D-3

(continued)
ITEM REFER. REFER.
ITEM REFER.
REFER.
ITEM REFER. REFER.
ITEM REFER. REFER.
ITEM REFER. REFER.
ITEM REFER. REFER.
D-4
D-4
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
LOCATION ITEM DESIGN. CONNECTOR MEANING PC interface
ITEM REFER. REFER.
LOCATION ITEM DESIGN. CONNECTOR MEANING Comm. interface Channel 1 LOCATION ITEM DESIGN. CONNECTOR MEANING Comm. interface Channel 1
ITEM REFER. REFER.
ITEM REFER. REFER.
LOCATION ITEM DESIGN. CONNECTOR MEANING Operation MAIN: Blocked/faulty SFMON: Warning (LED) MAIN: Gen. trip signal
ITEM REFER. REFER.
LOCATION ITEM DESIGN. CONNECTOR MEANING Comm. interface Channel 1
ITEM REFER. REFER.
ITEM REFER. REFER.
Edit mode
ITEM REFER. REFER.
Alternative module (see order inform.) Voltage test prohibited
19Y5044C_Xa_EN
D-5
Terminal connection diagram P139 in case 40 T, pin terminal connection, diagram P139.405, (part 5 of 6) in case 40 T, diagram
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
D-5

(continued)
LOCATION ITEM DESIGN. CONNECTOR MEANING Active interface [--- ---]
+ -X31
ITEM REFER.
STATUS
REFER.
X/Y
-U22
+ -X32
ITEM REFER.
STATUS
REFER.
X/Y
-U23
+ -X33
ITEM REFER.
STATUS
REFER. X // Y
1 2 3 4 5
+ D2[R] -U24 + D1[T]
RS 485
+ -X34
ITEM REFER.
STATUS
REFER. X // Y
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 E
M5[DCD] D2[R] D1[T]
E2[G]
-U27
+UB
RS 232
: Alternative module (see order inform.)
P139_COMM3_01A_EN
D-6
Terminal connection diagram in case 40 T, pin terminal connection, diagram P139.405, (part 6 of 6)
D-6
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
LOCATION ITEM DESIGN. CONNECTOR MEANING Voltage VAG Voltage VAG Voltage VAG Displacem. volt. VNG
ITEM REFER.
LOCATION ITEM DESIGN. CONNECTOR
ITEM REFER. REFER.
REFER.
MEANING
Tension Vref
LOCATION ITEM DESIGN. CONNECTOR MEANING Phase current A
ITEM REFER. REFER.
Phase current B Phase current C
Residual current IN
ITEM REFER. REFER.
19Y5250A_EN
D-7
Terminal connection diagram in case 40T, transformer module: ring terminal connection, other modules: pin terminal connection, diagram P139.406, (part 1 of 6); Terminal connection diagram of the RTD module: see Chapter 5.4.
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
D-7

(continued)
ITEM REFER.
ITEM REFER. REFER.
REFER.
ITEM REFER. REFER.
ITEM REFER.
LOCATION ITEM DESIGN CONNECTOR MEANING
ITEM REFER. REFER.
ITEM DESIGN
Input channel 1(I-1)
Measur. input PT100
19Y5241C_EN
D-8
Terminal connection diagram in case 40 T, transformer module: ring terminal connection, other modules: pin terminal connection, diagram P139.406, (part 2 of 6)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
D-8

(continued)
ITEM REFER. REFER.
ITEM REFER. REFER.
ITEM REFER. REFER.
ITEM REFER. REFER.
ITEM REFER. REFER.
ITEM REFER. REFER.
Aux. voltage input
D-9
Terminal connection diagram in case 40 T, transformer module: ring terminal connection, other modules: pin terminal connection, diagram P139.406, (part 3 of 6)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
D-9

(continued)
ITEM REFER. REFER.
ITEM REFER.
REFER.
ITEM REFER. REFER.
ITEM REFER. REFER.
ITEM REFER. REFER.
ITEM REFER. REFER.
D-10 Terminal connection diagram in case 40 T, transformer module: ring terminal connection diagram, other modules: pin terminal connection, diagram P139.406, (part 4 of 6)
D-10
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
ITEM REFER. REFER.
ITEM REFER. REFER.
ITEM REFER. REFER.
ITEM REFER. REFER.
ITEM REFER. REFER.
ITEM REFER. REFER.
Edit mode
ITEM REFER. REFER.
19Y5044C_Xa_EN
D-11 Terminal connection diagram in case 40 T, transformer module: ring terminal connection, other modules: pin terminal connection, diagram P139.406, (part 5 of 6)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
D-11

(continued)
+ -X31
ITEM REFER.
STATUS
REFER.
X/Y
-U22
+ -X32
ITEM REFER.
STATUS
REFER.
X/Y
-U23
+ -X33
ITEM REFER.
STATUS
REFER. X // Y
1 2 3 4 5
+ D2[R] -U24 + D1[T]
RS 485
+ -X34
ITEM REFER.
STATUS
REFER. X // Y
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 E
M5[DCD] D2[R] D1[T]
E2[G]
-U27
+UB
RS 232
P139_COMM3_01A_EN
D-12 Terminal connection diagram P139 in case 40 T, transformer module: ring terminal connection, other modules: pin terminal connection, diagram P139.406, (part 6 of 6)
D-12
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
D 1.2
Case 84 T
LOCATION ITEM DESIGN. CONNECTOR MEANING Voltage VAG Voltage VBG Voltage VCG Displacem. volt. VNG Voltage Vref
ITEM REFER. REFER.
-X121
ITEM REFER.
Phase current A Phase current B Phase current C Residual current IN
19Y5145B_Xa_EN
D-13 Terminal connection diagram P139 in case 84T, ring terminal connection, diagram P139.407, (part 1 of 6) Terminal connection diagram of the NCIT and RTD modules see Chapters 5.3 and 5.4.
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
D-13

(continued)
LOCATION ITEM DESIGN. CONNECTION MEANING
ITEM REFER.
LOCATION ITEM DESIGN. CONNECTOR
ITEM DESIGN.
-X141
REFER.
-X161
REFER.
MEANING
Input channel 1(I-1) Measur. input PT100
19Y5146B_Xa_EN
D-14 Terminal connection diagram P139 in case 84 T, ring terminal connection, diagram P139.407, (part 2 of 6)
D-14
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
D-15 Terminal connection diagram P139 in case 84 T, ring terminal connection , diagram P139.407, (part 3 of 6)
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
D-15

(continued)
ITEM REFER.
-X201
ITEM REFER. REFER.
-X181
REFER.
K1804
Aux. voltage input
19Y5148B_Xa_EN
D-16
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
ITEM REFER. REFER.
ITEM REFER. REFER.
ITEM REFER. REFER.
ITEM REFER. REFER.
ITEM REFER. REFER.
ITEM REFER. REFER.
Edit mode
ITEM REFER. REFER.
19Y5044C_Xa_EN
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
D-17

(continued)
+ -X31
ITEM REFER.
STATUS
REFER.
X/Y
-U22
+ -X32
ITEM REFER.
STATUS
REFER.
X/Y
-U23
+ -X33
ITEM REFER.
STATUS
REFER. X // Y
1 2 3 4 5
+ D2[R] -U24 + D1[T]
RS 485
+ -X34
ITEM REFER.
STATUS
REFER. X // Y
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 E
M5[DCD] D2[R] D1[T]
E2[G]
-U27
+UB
RS 232
P139_COMM3_01A_EN
D-18
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
D 1.3
Terminal Connection Diagram of the NCIT Module
D-19 Terminal connection diagram of the NCIT module applicable to case 40 T, pin terminal connection, diagram P139.405 and to case 84 T, ring terminal connection, diagram P139.407
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
D-19

(continued)
D 1.4
RTD Module for PT 100, Ni 100 or Ni 120
D-20 Terminal connection diagram of the RTD module applicable to case 40 T, pin terminal connection, diagram P139.405 case 40 T, transformer module: ring terminal connection, other modules: pin terminal connection, diagram P139.406 and to case 84 T, ring terminal connection, diagram P139.407 The RTD module is provided with a ground bus with terminals for the 9 cable shields.
D-20
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
Appendix F - Upgrade Documentation
Version P139-301-401-601 Release: 27.04.2001 P139-302-402/403/404-602 Release: 07.02.2002 Hardware
Changes Initial product release As an alternative slot 4 can now be equipped with the 5-pole voltage transformer module T (for the Automatic Synchronism Check function) Additional to the 40 TE case variant with pin-terminal connection there is now an 84 TE case variant with ring-terminal connection as well as a 40 TE case variant with a combination of pin- and ring-terminal connection (transformer module: for ring-terminal connection; other modules: for pinterminal connection) The binary (I/O) module X (6xO) is now optionally available with rapidresponse output by 4 thyristors. Diagram The updated connection diagrams now include the 5-pole voltage transformer module T and show the variants with ring-terminal connection:
! ! !
P139.402 (for 40 TE case, with pin-terminal connection) P139.403 (for 84 TE case, with ring-terminal connection) P139.404 (for 40 TE case, transformer module: with ring-terminal connection; other modules: with pin-terminal connection)
Software LOC Measurands previously missing are now included in the selection of the Operation Panel, Overload Panel and Ground Fault Panel: MEASI: MEASI: MEASI: MEASI: MEASI: Current IDC Current IDC p.u. Current A-1 Current A-2 (addr. 004.134) (addr. 004.135) (addr. 005.100) (addr. 005.099)
Curr. IDC,lin. p.u. (addr. 004.136)
Bug fixing: Control actions from the local control panel are now no longer rejected in the DNP3 protocol. PC User-defined signal selections for the PC interface can now be made by setting PC: Select. Spontan.sig. (addr. 003.189), and these selected signals are spontaneously transmitted in addition to the VDEW signals. The PC interface "Time-out" can now be set with the parameter PC: Time-out (addr. 003.188). COMM1 The COURIER protocol has now been implemented. User-defined signal selections for the protocol IEC 60870-5-103 can now be made by setting COMM1: Select. Spontan.sig. (addr. 003.179), and these selected signals are spontaneously transmitted in addition to the VDEW signals. COMM2 Logical communication interface 2 (function group COMM2) added to communication.
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
F-1

(continued)
Version OUTP/LED
Changes Addition of function assignment to output relays and LED indicators with these signals: SFMON: Defect.module slot 1 (addr. 097.000) to SFMON: Defect.module slot20 (addr. 097.019) Now defective modules can be indicated by output relays for instance. MEASI MAIN Addition of this per unit measurand MEASI: Temperature p.u. (addr. 004.221) The following signals were added to the parameter setting selection tables for the trip command blocking signals: COMM1: Command block. EXT (addr. 003.173) COMM1: OUTP: MAIN: MAIN: Sig./meas. block EXT (addr. 037.074) Block outp.rel. EXT (addr. 040.014) Test mode EXT (addr. 037.070) Trip cmd. block. EXT (addr. 036.045)
The following signals were added to the selection table for GRUND: Fct. assign. fault: SFMON: Defect.module slot 5 (addr. 097 004) SFMON: Defect.module slot18 (addr. 097.017) SFMON: Error K 1201 ... K 1206 (addr. 097.118 to 097.123) The following settings for the 5th VT input were added to the MAIN function group: MAIN: MAIN: MAIN: Vref,nom V.T. prim. Vref,nom V.T. sec. Meas. val. rel. Vref (addr. 010.100) (addr. 031.052) (addr. 011.034)
The direct time output signals of the 32 logic equations are now available to the function assignment of trip command 1 and trip command 2. In addition to the standard procedure to determine energy output a second procedure is now available. The selection of the procedure depends on the given load ratio and is made by setting MAIN: Op. mode energy cnt. (addr. 010.138). The physical communication channel assignment to the "logical" communication interfaces COMM1 and COMM2 can be set with the parameter MAIN: Chann Assign.Comaddr. 003.169).
F-2
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Version MAIN
(continued)
Changes Addition of two measured operating values: MAIN: Voltage Vref prim. (addr. 005.046) MAIN: Voltage Vref p.u. (addr. 005.047) Incorrect termination is now fixed for the close commands issued by the control function and terminated with the starting of the trip command. Time switching to setting "Daylight saving time" MAIN: Time switching (addr. 003.095) is now stored so that it will remain valid after a warm restart. The multiple signal MAIN: Gen. trip signal 036.251 is now supported. (addr.
Bug fixing: Rated current setting is changed from 1A to 5A when electro-magnetic interference occurs. To confirm settings the internal values of MAIN: Inom device (addr. 010.003) and MAIN: IN,nom device (addr. 010.026) are overwritten by the set values once every software cycle. A disabled residual current system protection, which is displayed by the signal MAIN: System IN disabled (addr. 040.134) is now considered by the DTOC and IDMT residual current stages. Bug fixing: During incrementation of the overflow counter for active and reactive energy output and input a negative value of the integrated count is now prevented. MAIN ARC ASC PSIG In addition to enabling or disabling of the functions Auto-reclosing Control, Automatic Synchronism Check, Protective Signaling and Residual Current System protection by using two binary signal inputs it is now possible to use just one binary signal input for enabling or disabling. If, for example, only the signal ARC: Enable EXT (addr. 0037.010) is assigned to one binary signal input, the function is enabled by the rising edge and disabled by the falling edge of the input signal. Step size for thresholds I>, I>> and I>>> reduced from 0.1 Inom to 0.01 Inom. New function Automatic Synchronism Check (ASC) is taken into account by the Auto-reclosing Control (ARC) function. The signal ARC: (Re)close request (addr. 037.077) is used in this context to have ASC triggered by ARC. Function Automatic Synchronism Check (ASC) has been added. The transformer module T with a fifth VT is required to provide a reference voltage. A fixed time delayed reset of 80 ms is now implemented for the stage GFDS: VNG> (addr. 016.062). Addition of these per unit measurands THERM: Therm. replica p.u. (addr. 004.017) THERM: Coolant temp. p.u. (addr. 004.178) THERM: Object temp. p.u. (addr. 004.179). F-3
DTOC ARC
ASC
GFDSS THERM
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Version f<>
Changes Bug fixing: With the selection of a measurement loop the amplitude of the phase-toground loops was incorrectly rated by the factor 3. Reference voltage monitoring is now included in the measuring-circuit monitoring function with the signals MCMON: FF, Vref triggered (addr. 038.100) MCMON: M.circ. V,Vref flty. (addr. 004.078). Bug fixing: When the VDEW addition to the protocol IEC60870-5-103 was used single-pole signals were signaled in the data byte with the value '0' (end) or '1' (start). The dimension (min) was added to the parameter COUNT: Cycle t.count transm (addr. 217.007) model. in the data
MCMON
SIG_1
COUNT
SFMON
Because of the addition of a fifth VT these warning signals were added: SFMON: FF, Vref triggered (addr. 098.022) SFMON: M.circ. V,Vref flty. (addr. 098.023) Addition of function assignment to warnings by the delayed and direct time signals from logic equations 30 to 32. The signals included in the function selection of warnings SFMON: Open circ. 20mA inp. (addr. 098.026) SFMON: PT100 open circuit (addr. 098.024) SFMON: Overload 20 mA input (addr. 098.025) are now supported.
P139-302-402/403/404-602701 Release: 13.05.2002
Hardware
No modifications
Diagram Software SFMON P139-302-402/403/404-602702 Release: 26.07.2002 Hardware
No modifications
Decreased severity for entries in the monitoring signal memory during short-time supply voltage dipping. No modifications
Diagram Software IDMT P139-302-402/403/404-603 Release: 29.08.2002 Hardware Diagram Software
No modifications
Accuracy of tripping time is improved. Particularly the characteristic 'IEC extremely inverse' is now within the claimed tolerance range. No modifications No modifications
F-4
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Version LOC
INP
Changes The signals LOC: Loc.acc.block.active (addr. 221.005) and LOC: Rem.acc.block.active (addr. 221.004) are now sent spontaneously as individual signals with the protocol IEC 60870-5103. The function assignment of the binary signal inputs U 1001 to U 1006, which are not present on slot 10, have been removed from the data model. Device is prepared for the supplementary fitting with the new temperature p/c board (RTD module), which will become available as of version -304-405/406/407-605. No modifications
P139-303-402/403/404-604 Release: 20.12.2002
Hardware
Diagram Software COMM1
The measurand MAIN: Voltage Vref p.u. (addr. 005.047) has been added to the selection for the cyclic ILS telegram. The unnecessary parameter COMM1: Address mode (Adr. 003.168) is now hidden.
LOC
The measurand MAIN: Voltage Vref prim. (addr. 005.046) has been added to the function assignment for the Operation Panel, the Overload Panel and the numerical display. The measurand MAIN: Voltage Vref p.u. (addr. 005.047) has been added to the function assignment for the Operation Panel, the Overload Panel and the bar chart display. Functions have been enhanced in preparation for the supplementary fitting with the new temperature p/c board (RTD module). For THERM protection this includes direct temperature monitoring, temperature measurement, coolant temperature acquisition, and open-circuit monitoring of the individual resistance thermometers. The functionality of equal-priority enabling or disabling a function via any device interface, first introduced with version 603, now is modified in that way, that the functions are enabled by default. The setting ranges for parameters Iref,neg and Iref,N as well as Iref,neg dynamic and Iref,N dynam have been increased from 0,1 - 4,00 Inom to 0,01 - 4,00 Inom Bug fixing: After a warm restart of the device an externally set parameter subset fell back to the user set parameter subset. The signal PSS: Control via user (addr. 036.102) changed from "Yes" to "No" after a warm restart.
MEASI THERM LIMIT SFMON MAIN ARC ASC PSIG IDMT
PSS
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
F-5

(continued)
Version ASC
Changes Setting to continuous synchronism test procedure after a test close request: When a test close request is issued the operative time is not terminated by the starting of the close enable but will continue until it has reached its set time duration. Synchronism is continuously checked, even after the first close enable, as long as the operative time is running. The signal ASC: Close enable (addr. 037.083) (if synchronism conditions are met) and the delta measured values are continuously updated and periodically transmitted by the device interfaces. The cycle time to transmit the telegram with the measured values is set at: ASC: Transm.cycle,meas.v. (addr. 101.212). The signal close enable is signaled spontaneously both as "start" and as "end" and must therefore be included in a general scan. The signal ASC: Close rejection (addr. 037.086) is issued only after the operative time has elapsed and there is then no synchronism. This signal is also issued after a test close request if, during the operative time, a close enable is temporarily signaled. The number of test close requests and the number of close rejections after test close requests are not counted, e.g. the counters ASC: No. close requests (addr. 009.033) and ASC: No. close rejections (addr. 009.034) will only consider "authentic" close requests. If during the operative time (after a test close request) there is an authentic close request issued by the device control function (HMI) or from the interfaces (or the ARC) the test run is terminated and ASC is restarted. Then, after the first close enable is reached, the close command is issued and the operative time is terminated. The signal ASC: Close rejection (addr. 037.086) is issued when the set operative time has elapsed without synchronism conditions having been met and the circuit breaker is not switched. The setting range for the operative time was increased from 0.00 60.00 s to 0.0 6000.0 s and the step range was reduced from 0.01 s to 0.1 s. The settable reset times for the signals ASC: tClose enable Volt.PSx (addr. 0XX.241) ASC: tClose enable syn.PSx (addr. 0XX.240) have been replaced by fixed minimum times of 100 ms. These measured event values have been added to the Automatic Synchronism Check: ASC: Voltage Vref (addr. 004.087) (addr. 004.088) (addr. 004.091) ASC: Volt. sel. meas.loop ASC: Volt. magnit. diff.
The measuring range of the measured event value has been changed from 0.000 3.000 Vnom to 3.000 3.000 Vnom. LIMIT Bug fixing: If the temperature measurand T was set to "not measured" the stages T< and T<< in the limit value monitoring function would start.
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
F-6

(continued)
Version P139-304-405/406/407-605 Release: 28.11.2003 Hardware
Changes A new communication module A, providing the InterMiCOM protective interface COMM3, can now be fitted in slot 3 instead of the transient ground fault detection module N. A new temperature p/c board (RTD module) can now be fitted in slot 3, instead of the transient ground fault detection module N (TGFD module). As an alternative to the conventional transformer modules for analog input signals there is now a new CT/VT-board with NCIT available. Details are available on request. See chapter 2, section "Connecting NCITs to Inputs on the CT/VT-board with NCIT". Binary signal inputs with a higher switching threshold are now available. Installation is only recommended if the application specifically requires such binary signal inputs. Diagram The new connection diagrams include the InterMiCOM communication interface (function group COMM3), the temperature p/c board (RTD module) and the CT/VT-board with NCIT.
! !
P139.405 (for 40 TE case, with pin-terminal connection) P139.406 (for 40 TE case, transformer module: with ring-terminal connection; other modules: with pin-terminal connection)
LOC
P139.407 (for 84 TE case, with ring-terminal connection) Customized binary signal panels can now be created. A customized Bay Panel can be sub-divided into up to eight images. The selection table for the Operation Panel was extended. The signals M037-M040 can now be configured as image variables. Bug fixing: When, after a switchgear unit had been selected locally, local control was switched over to remote control, the selection of local switching actions could continue to be made up to the termination of the reset time.
COMM1
Bug fixing concerning various communication protocols:

! !
DNP3: Multiple telegrams are prevented. The protocol per IEC60850-5-101 incorrectly transmitted negative operating values. IEC-60870-5-101: In the data model there was an incorrect selection for parameter COMM1: Time tag length (addr. 003.198). Furthermore 3 Bytes were used irrespective of the setting.
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
F-7

(continued)
Version COMM1(2)
Changes
!
Bug fixing concerning the IEC 60870-5-103 communication protocol: For the reclose commands of high-speed and time-delayed reclosing (Function Type 80h, Information nos. 80h and 81h), the status changes 'On' to 'Off' were signaled spontaneously and were transmitted as part of the response to a general scan.
The fault location FT_DA: Fault react., prim. (add. 004.029) (Function Type 80h, Information no. 49h), will no longer be sent spontaneously, if its value is 'Not measured. With the fault values transmission the scaling factor for the primary value of channel VNG was corrected by a factor of 1/3. COMM3 New function group: COMM3 (InterMiCOM protection interface) permits end-end channel-aided schemes to be configured, without the need of discrete carrier equipment. Further reset commands were added to the function assignment of binary signal inputs. Scaling of the BCD coded output of measurands now allows the setting of an output values range. This feature is required if signed event measurands are assigned to the BCD output (like fault location or shortcircuit reactance,...). Sensitivity for the setting of this parameter was increased to 0.01 s: MAIN: Suppress start. sig. (addr. 017.054) The determination of the faulty phase during a ground fault in Petersen coil compensated power systems is improved to avoid incorrect signaling at the end of the ground fault. These measured operating values have been added: MAIN: Appar. power S prim. (addr. 005.025) and MAIN: Appar. power S p.u. (addr. 005.026). The delay time for the Running Time Monitoring of manually operated switchgear can now be set: MAIN: Delay Man.Op.Superv (addr. 221.079) Bug fixing: All energy counters were reset by a general starting (GS). Bug fixing: The values set for the primary transformer voltages were reset to their default values when a warm restart of the device occurred. Bug fixing: If a device or switchgear designation was omitted in a customized panel then the device went out of order when such a panel was selected. MAIN ARC ASC PSIG The stored status is no longer reset with a warm restart of the device, when specific functions are enabled or disabled through a binary signal input.
INP MEASO
MAIN
F-8
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

(continued)
Version FT_DA
Changes The determination of measured fault values during short fault times is improved. Bug fixing: Fault locations of numerical values >655.35% were falsely displayed as small values. Bug fixing: When a residual current starting occurs without a phase current starting all measured fault values dependent on a measurement loop are set to 'Not measured'. FT_RC Direction signaling for the short-circuit direction determination function was added to the selection table for the fault recording trigger: FT_RC: Fct. assig. Trigger (addr. 003.085) Three negative-sequence current stages were added to the definite-time overcurrent protection. Bug fixing: The trip signals from the residual current stage and the negativesequence current stage were not reset with the release of starting. Bug fixing: The HSR & TDR counters could only be acknowledged/cleared by a cold restart. Bug fixing: With a close request the counter ASC: No. GF (curr. meas) (addr. 009.003) was increment by a count of 8 instead of 1. Bug fixing: When a test close request was issued in the operating mode "synchronism-checked" a chattering of the ASC enable signal could occur. TGFD The setting range of TGFD: IN,p> extended down to 0.03 Inom. (addr. 016.042) is
DTOC IDMT
ARC
ASC
The pick-up delay of the measuring circuit monitoring signal SFMON: TGFD mon. triggered (addr. 093.094) is now increased from 5 s to 65 s. P<> The power directional protection now includes overload stages for active and reactive power. The starting signals from the power directional protection stages now feature direction dependency. The setting range for the parameter P<>: Release delay Q> PS1 (addr. 017172) is now extended to max. 100.00 s. MCMON The default setting for parameter MCMO: FF,Vref enabled USER. (addr. 013.014) changed from 'Yes' to 'No'. was
LIMIT
Reference voltage monitoring from the fifth VT input was added to the Limit Value Monitoring function.
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
F-9

(continued)
Version LOGIC
Changes Bug fixing: The time dependent logic outputs - LOGIC: Output x (t) (addr. 042.033) (with x=1 to 32) - are reset for a short period during parameter subset selection. Bug fixing: When the additions to the protocol IEC 60870-5-103 were applied, the return signal identification was missing in the acknowledgment of commands to switchgear. Single commands, created with the bay editor from the PC Access Software MiCOM S1, can now also be configured to output relays on the output module X (6xO) in slot 10 (with 40 TE cases) or slot 18 (with 84 TE cases). Bug fixing: A concurrent use of signals M001 and M033 was not possible. Bug fixing: The wrong selection table for communication in the data model was assigned to the signal SIG_1: Logic signal S010 (addr. 226.077). SFMON To prevent the risk of contention problems because of the simultaneous disruption of the supply voltage and the auxiliary voltage for the binary signal inputs m.c.b. trip signals are now delayed internally for 300 ms. Bug fixing: Sporadic triggering of the internal monitoring of the 15 V and 24 V voltages without a fault in the power supply module being present was eliminated.
DEVx (x=1 to 10)
CMD_1
SIG_1
F-10
P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33
Publication: P139/EN M/B33 (AFSV.12.09450 D) VOL. 2/2

AREVA T&D's Automation & Information Systems Business www.areva-td.com T&D Worldwide Contact Centre online 24 hours a day: +44 (0) 1785 25 00 70 http://www.areva-td.com/contactcentre/
MiCOM P139
Version: P139 -304 -405/406/407 -605 P139 -306 -408/409/410 -611
Upgrade Documentation
P139/EN AD/A77
(AFSV.12.09690.D)
P139, Upgrade Documentation: -605 to -611
Contents
1 2 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 Overview Functional Details Communication interface IEC 61850 Generic Object Oriented Substation Event Generic Substation State Event Self-Monitoring Short-circuit direction determination Thermal overload protection Circuit Breaker Failure Protection Circuit Breaker Monitoring U-5 U-12 U-12 U-18 U-32 U-43 U-44 U-46 U-58 U-68
(Function Group IEC) (Function Group GOOSE) (Function Group GSSE) (Function Group SFMON) (Function Group SCDD) (Function Group THERM) (Function Group CBF) (Function Group CBM)
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611
U-3

(continued)
In the new version of the P139 several enhanced features and changes on existing features have been included. These are described with reference to the Technical Manual listed below. References Released 28.11.2003 Version P139-304-405/406/407-605 Documentation Technical Manual AFSV.12.09450/1 EN
U-4
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
1 Version P139-305-408/409/410-610 Release: 20.05.2005
Overview Changes This is a preliminary IEC 61850 version which is project-specific and only available on request!
Hardware
The new Ethernet module for communication per IEC 61850 is now available and may be fitted to slot 2 as an alternative to communication module A. The updated connection diagrams now include the Ethernet module communication interface. P139.408 (for 40 TE case, with pin-terminal connection) P139.409 (for 40 TE case, transformer module: with ring-terminal connection; other modules: with pin-terminal connection) P139.410 (for 84 TE case, with ring-terminal connection)
Diagram
Software LOC Addition of the event counter to the selection for the Fault Panel A S C : N o . R C a f t . m a n . c l o s (004 009). Addition of the measured value to the selection for the Operation Panel. M EASI: Sc a l e d va l u e ID C ,l i n (004 180). COMM1 The selection of register assignments for signals in the MODBUS protocol has been extended with the signal S C D D : F a u l t P b a c k w a r d (036 019). Time stamping of status signals from external devices has been adapted to the DNP3 protocol. Bug fixing: A change of a communication parameter will no longer lead to a sporadic warm restart of the device, when the Courier protocol is used. COMM3 Bug fixing: After a warm restart with COMM3 activated, the entry at SF M O N : H a r d w a r e e r r o r C O M M 3 (093 143) will now only occur if there actually is such a hardware error. Initial implementation of the IEC 61850 communication protocol. In conjunction with the IEC 61850 communication protocol a communication procedure has been implemented that is compatible with previous UCA2 GOOSE for the exchange of binary information within an Ethernet network section.
IEC GSSE
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611
U-5

(continued)
Version SFMON
Changes A number of device bugs previously lead to a blocking with the second entry to the monitoring signal memory (i.e. if the recurring fault was already stored in the monitoring signal memory see Chapter 10 in the Technical Manual). This reaction was modified in such a manner that device blocking will only occur if a renewed appearance of the same device fault lies within a set "memory retention time" SF M O N : M o n .s i g . r e te n ti o n (021 018). This makes it possible to tolerate sporadic faults, resulting from control actions, without having to clear the monitoring signal memory in the interim. The significance of the time stamp was modified to accommodate this new feature. The time stamp now represents the last appearance of the fault. Addition of the signal ASC : C l o s e r e q u e s t (034 018) to the selection of freely configurable LED indicators and output relays. The duration of the disturbance record is limited to 1 minute so as to avoid a record of an endless disturbance. The signal AR C : Bl o c k i n g EXT (036.050) is now stored in the fault recording (previously only the resulting signal AR C : Bl o c k e d (004.069) was recorded). MEASI Open-circuit monitoring of the 20 mA input and the "PT 100" input has been improved.
OUTP/LED FT_RC
U-6
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
Version MAIN
Changes Parameters from the MAIN function, which could previously only be set in the branch "General Functions" of the menu tree, have been transferred to the parameter subsets. MAIN: Neutr.pt. treat. PSx MAIN: Hld time dyn.par. PSx MAIN: Bl.tim.st.IN,neg PSx MAIN: Gen. start. mode PSx M A I N : O p . r u s h r e s tr . PSx MAIN: Rush I(2fn)/I(fn) PSx M A I N : I > l i f t r u s h r e s tr PSx MAIN: Suppr.start.sig. PSx MAIN: tGS PSx With this improvement it is now possible to consider operational changes by selecting the appropriate parameter subset. The parameter M AIN : N e u tr a l - p o i n t tr e a t. (010 048) used only in conjunction with the ASC is now visible if the ASC function has been configured. Furthermore the selections at various neutral point treatments that occur by this parameter have now been reduced to a selection relevant to the application. The primary source for synchronizing the date and time can now be selected. Available are COMM1, COMM2/PC, IRIG-B or a binary input for minute signal pulses. A backup source may additionally be selected. M AIN : Pr i m .So u r c e T i m e Syn c (103 210) M AIN : Ba c k u p So u r c e T i m e Syn c (103 211) For bay control function signals detected via binary signal inputs and conditioned with debouncing it is now possible to select whether the time tag for the signal is to be issued after debouncing (or when the first pulse edge is detected). The setting M AIN : T i m e T a g Afte r D e b o u n c e (221 083) is provided for this purpose. Bug fixing: The enabling or disabling of the ground protection via a binary signal input was incorrectly inverted. PSIG Bug fixing: The enabling or disabling of the protective signaling via a binary signal input was incorrectly inverted. Bug fixing: The enabling or disabling of the ARC function via a binary signal input was incorrectly inverted.The DTOC negative-sequence current stage started the ARC by triggering the ARC trip time of the IDMT negativesequence current stage. Selecting the CB assignment to an external device has been adapted to the maximum possible number of external devices. Bug fixing: The enabling or disabling of the ASC function via a binary signal input was incorrectly inverted.
ARC
ASC
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611
U-7

(continued)
Version GFDSS
Changes The setting parameters for the function GFDSS are now included in the parameter subsets and can be changed, according to operating conditions, by selecting the appropriate parameter subset. It is also possible to individually enable this function in each parameter subset. Processing of the function GFDSS now occurs with a higher priority in order to obtain reduced reaction times with less fluctuation. This is a response to the increased application of ground fault direction signaling as a tripping condition. Bug fixing: The cause for faulty or unstable directional decisions with the operate delay tVNG> set below 60 ms has been removed. Bug fixing: The operate delays LS and BS are now accurate, even with set values > 65 s. TGFD The setting parameters for the function TGFD are now included in the parameter subsets and can be changed, according to operating conditions, by selecting the appropriate parameter subset. It is also possible to individually enable this function in each parameter subset. Bug fixing: In the event of an open circuit in the 20 mA current loop when using this to measure temperatures there was no automatic activation of the corresponding backup temperature sensor. The setting range for the following parameters was extended from max. 0.5 Snom to now max. 1.5 Snom: P< > : P< > : P< > : P< > : P> P> > Q> Q>> (017 120) (017 140) (017 160) (017 180)
THERM
P<>
Bug fixing: When setting a high operate value as well as a high disengaging ratio for the P< or Q< stages an internal overflow was possible that led to a lower disengaging ratio than that which had been set. Bug fixing: When the stage P< (P<<, Q< or Q<<) was triggered the signal P< > : F a u l t P< (P<<, Q< or Q<<) was issued even though the operate delay for the stage was blocked. CBM LIMIT Function circuit breaker monitoring (CBM) has been added. Parameter cells and signals related to Vref are only visible when the device has been fitted with a fifth VT to measure Vref .
U-8
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
Version P139-305-408/409/410-610704 Hardware Diagram Software IEC P139-306-408/409/410-611 Release: 07.11.2005 Hardware
Changes This is a preliminary IEC 61850 version which is project-specific and only available on request! No modifications No modifications
With regard to IEC 61850-8-1 the data type for the quality of measured values and signals has been changed from 14 bit to 13 bit. Further variants with binary signal inputs with a higher operate threshold are now available. This makes the following selections available: >18 V (standard variant) (Without order extension No.) >90 V (60...70% of VA,nom = 125 ... 150 V) (Order ext. No. 461) >155 V (60...70% of VA,nom = 220 ... 250 V) (Order ext. No. 462) >73 V (67% of VA,nom = 110 V) (Order ext. No. 463) >146 V (67% of VA,nom = 220 V) (Order ext. No. 464) Standard variant recommended if higher pickup threshold is not specifically required by application.
Diagram Software LOC
No modifications
Extensive expansion of the parameter selection L O C : A s s i g n m e n t r e a d k e y (080 110). Instead of selecting only one assigned protocol by pressing the READ key there are now up to 16 different addresses assigned which can be selected by pressing the READ key more than once in succession (menu jump function). With the IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, the selection of measured operating values has been extended for the cyclic ILS telegram. General expansion of the Logical Nodes according to the IEC 61850 data model. For access by the support software S1 via Ethernet the function "Setting by Tunneling" has been implemented.
COMM1/ COMM2 IEC
GOOSE
For the exchange of binary information in an Ethernet network section the IEC 61850 communication procedure (IEC-GOOSE) has been implemented. Change of the English signal designation (relevant only when English designation text is used) for this signal: SF M O N : C B fa u l ty EXT (098 072)
SFMON
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611
U-9

(continued)
Version MAIN
Changes The following per unit measured operating values have been added: M AIN : MAIN: MAIN: MAIN: MAIN: M AIN : MAIN: MAIN: MAIN: M AIN : C u r r e n t Ip o s p .u . Current Ineg p.u. Voltage Vpos p.u. Voltage Vneg p.u. Frequency f p.u. An g l e VPG /IN p .u . Load angle phi A p.u Load angle phi B p.u Load angle phi C p.u An g l e p h i N p .u . (009 016) (009 015) (009 018) (009 017) (004 070) (005 072) (005 073) (005 074) (005 075) (005 076)
The parameter M AIN : R o ta r y fi e l d (010 049) was renamed to M A I N : P h a s e s e q u . (010 049). In addition the parameter selection for clockwise and anticlockwise was also changed to A-B-C and A-C-B. Change of the English signal designation (relevant only when English designation text is used) for the following parameter: M AIN : Pr i m .So u r c e T i m e Syn c (103 210) M AIN : Ba c k u p So u r c e T i m e Syn c (103 211) FT_RC FT_DA The signal F T _ R C : R e c o r d .tr i g a c ti ve (002 002) has been implemented, which shows that a fault-recording trigger is present. Bug fixing: When a fault location is outside the measuring range it could happen that the fault location was measured as too small by the fault measurand F T _ D A: F a u l t l o c a t. p e r c e n t (004 027) A fourth overcurrent stage (residual current stage) IN>>>> with an extended setting range has been integrated. Because of its extended setting range this stage always uses the residual current calculated from the three phase currents. A second inverse-time overcurrent protection function has been added. A voltage memory has been added to the short-circuit direction determination function. In general SCDD will operate as previously with the non-faulted voltages. Now the device offers a voltage memory from which the SCDD function can obtain necessary voltage information for direction determination when 3-pole faults with a large 3-phase voltage drop have occurred. The motor protection function has been extended by these per unit measured operating values: M P: T h e r m . r e p l . M P p .u . M P: St- u p s s t. p e r m .p .u . (005 071) (005 086)
DTOC
IDMT2 SCDD
MP
U-10
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
Version THERM
Changes The parameters T H ER M : Bl . f. C T A fa u l t PSx have been replaced by the parameters with an extended setting range THERM: Funct.f.CTA fail.PSx. In order to obtain improved visibility control of the parameters for the relative and absolute replica the previous parameter T H E R M : O p e r a t i n g m o d e (022 063) has been replaced by: T H ER M : R e l a ti ve r e p l i c a (022 064) T H ER M : Ab s o l u te r e p l i c a (022 065) It should be remembered that an explicit selection relative or absolute replica for the thermal overload protection must be carried out. If no such explicit selection relative or absolute replica is carried out the thermal overload protection will be blocked and the warning signal T H ER M : Se tti n g e r r o r ,b l o c k . (039 110) is issued. These parameters are now available to set the over temperature and the warning temperature in the absolute replica: T H ER M : O/T f.Iref pers. PSx THERM: Warning temp. PSx The following signals have been added to the thermal overload protection: T H ER M : R e c l o s u r e b l o c k e d (039 024) THERM: Not ready (040 035) V<> The over-/undervoltage function may now be optionally operated with an enable threshold based on the minimum current monitor for the undervoltage stages (V<, V<<, Vpos<, Vpos<<). The undervoltage stages are blocked if during active monitoring the set threshold of at least one phase is not exceeded by the phase currents. There are two new setting parameters to activate the operating mode for minimum current monitoring and to set the enable threshold: V<>: Op. mode V< mon. PSx V<>:I enable V< PSx Bug fixing: The origin for imprecise frequency measurements, when 6 cycles were selected for the evaluation time, has now been eliminated. The complete revision of the circuit breaker failure protection function now includes a current breaking-off criterion. The previous signal C BF : C B fa i l u r e (036 017) has been replaced by the following signals: CBF: Trip signal t1 (038 215) CBF: Trip signal t2 (038 219) CBM Bug fixing: An incorrect internally active wear characteristic lead to an incorrect calculation of the number of CB operations remaining, when at least one of these parameters was set to blocked: C BM : M e d . c u r r . Itr i p ,C B (022 014) or C BM : Pe r m . C B o p . Im e d ,C B (022 015)
f<>
CBF
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611
U-11

(continued)
2 2.1
Functional Details Communication Interface IEC 61850 (Function Group IEC)
As a further option the P139 includes an interface protocol according to the Ethernet based communication standard IEC 61850. IEC 61850 The IEC 61850 was created jointly by users and manufacturers as an international standard. The main target of the IEC 61850 is interoperability of devices. This includes the capability of two or more intelligent electronic devices (IED), manufactured by the same company or different companies, to exchange data for combined operation. Now this new communication standard IEC 61850 has created an open and common basis for communication from the process control level down to the network control level, for the exchange of signals, data, measured values and commands. For a standardized description of all information and services available in a field device a data model, which lists all visible functions, is created. Such a data model, specifically created for each device, is used as a basis for an exchange of data between the devices and all process control installations interested in such information. In order to facilitate engineering at the process control level a standardized description file of the device, based on XML, is created with the help of the data model. This file can be imported and processed further by the relevant configuration program used by the process control device. This makes possible an automated creation of process variables, substations and signal images. The following documentation with the description of the IEC 61850 data model, used with the P139, is available: IDC file based on XML in the SCL (Substation Configuration Description Language) with a description of data, properties and services, available from the device, that are to be imported into the system configurator. PICS_MICS_ADL file with the following contents: PICS (Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement) with an overview of available services. MICS (Model Implementation Conformance Statement) with an overview of available object types. ADL (Address Assignment List) with an overview of the assignment of parameter addresses (signals, measuring values, commands, etc.) used by the device with the device data model as per IEC 61850.
U-12
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
Ethernet Module The optional Ethernet module provides an RJ45 connection and a fiber optic interface where an Ethernet network can be connected. The selection which of the two interfaces is to be used to connect to the Ethernet network is made by setting the parameter I E C : E t h e r n e t m e d i a . There are two ordering variants available for the fiber optic interface: the ST connector for 10 Mbit/s and 850 nm and the SC connector for 100 Mbit/s and 1300 nm (a third variant ST connector for 100 Mbit/s and 1300 nm is in preparation). The RJ45 connector supports 10 Mbit/s and 100 Mbit/s. The optional Ethernet module additionally provides an RJ485 interface for remote access with the operating program MiCOM S1 (function group COMM2). Notes: The P139 may only be equipped with the optional Ethernet module as an alternative to the standard optional communication module. Therefore the Ethernet based communication protocol IEC 61850 is only available as an alternative to function group COMM1. The Ethernet module can only be applied in conjunction with the processor module P (included in current hardware version) with the item number 9650 135 or other processor modules available in the near future. When upgrading older P139 hardware versions with an Ethernet module, which is technically possible, it must be kept in mind that such units are usually equipped with the processor module P with the item number 0337 875. This processor module P does not support the Ethernet module and therefore the communication protocol IEC 61850 will not function. If such an upgrade is carried out the processor module P must be exchanged. The processor module item number can be checked by reading the device identification setting at D V I C E : M o d u l e v a r . s l o t 1 . Activating and Enabling The function group IEC can be activated by setting the parameter I E C : F u n c t i o n g r o u p I E C . This parameter is only visible if the optional Ethernet communication module is fitted to the device. After activation of IEC, all data points associated with this function group (setting parameters, binary state signals etc.) become visible. The function can then be enabled or disabled by setting IEC: General enable USER. The parameter settings for function groups IEC, GOOSE and GSSE in the device are not automatically activated. An activation occurs either when the command I E C : E n a b l e c o n f i g u r a t i o n is executed or automatically when the device is switched online with MAIN: Device on-line. Client Log-on Communication in Ethernet no longer occurs in a restrictive master slave system, as is common with other protocols. Instead server or client functionalities, as defined in the 'Abstract Communication Service Interface' (ACSI, IEC 61870-7-2), are assigned to the devices. A 'server' is always that device which provides information to other devices. A client may log-on to this server so as to receive information, for instance 'reports'. In a network a server can supply any number of clients with spontaneous or cyclic information. In its function as server the P139 can supply up to 16 clients with information.
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611
U-13

(continued)
Clock Synchronization With IEC 61850 clock synchronization occurs via the SNTP protocol, defined as standard for Ethernet. Here the P139 functions as SNTP client. For clock synchronization one can select between the operating modes Broadcast from SNTP Server or Request from Server. With the first operating mode synchronization occurs by a broadcast message sent from the SNTP server to all devices in the network, and in the second operating mode the P139 requests the device specific time signal during a settable cycle. Control and Monitoring of Switchgear Units Control of switchgear units by the P139 can be carried out from all clients that have previously logged-on to the device. Only one control command is executed at a time, i.e. further control requests issued by other clients during the execution of such a command are rejected. To control external devices the following operating modes can be set at IEC: DEV control model: Status only Direct control with normal security Direct control with enhanced security SBO (Select before operate) with enhanced security When set to the operating mode Select before operate the switchgear unit is selected by the client before the control command is issued. Because of this selection the switchgear unit is reserved for the client. Control requests issued by other clients are rejected. If after a selection no control command is issued by the client the P139 resets this selection after 2 minutes have elapsed. The switchgear units contact positions signaled to the clients are made with the Report Control Blocks of the switchgear units. Fault Transmission Transmission of fault files is supported per "File Transfer". Transmission of "Goose Messages" The so-called "Goose Message" is a particular form of data transmission. Whereas normal server-client-services are transmitted at the MMS and TCP/IP level, the "Goose Message" is transmitted directly at the Ethernet level with a high transmission priority. Furthermore these "Goose Messages" can be received by all participants in the respective sub-network, independent of their server or client function. In IEC 61850 "Goose Messages" are applied for the accelerated transmission of information between two or more devices. Application fields are, for example, a reverse interlocking, a transfer trip or a decentralized substation interlock. In future the "Goose Message" will therefore replace a wired or serial protective interface. According to IEC 61850 there are two types of "Goose Messages", the GSSE and the IEC-GOOSE. The GSSE is used to transmit binary information with a simple configuration by 'bit pairs', and it is compatible with UCA2. However the IEC-GOOSE enables transmission of all data formats available in the data model, such as binary information, integer values or even analog measured values. But this will require more extensive configuration with the help of the data model from the field unit situated on the opposite side. With the IEC-GOOSE the P139 at this time supports sending and receiving of binary information or two-pole external device states.
U-14
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
Communication with the Operating Program MiCOM S1 via the Ethernet Interface Direct access by the operating program MiCOM S1 via the Ethernet interface on the device may occur through the "tunneling principle". Transmission is carried out by an Ethernet Standard Protocol, but this is only supported by the associated operating program MiCOM S1 (specific manufacturer solution). Such transmission is accomplished over the same hardware for the network, which is used for server-client communication and "Goose Messages". Available are all the familiar functions offered by the operating program MiCOM S1 such as reading/writing of setting parameters or retrieving stored data.
The function group IEC presents the following parameters, measured values and signals: Configuration Parameters IEC: Function group IEC Canceling function group IEC or including it in the configuration. If the function group is cancelled from the configuration, then all associated settings and signals are hidden. IEC: General enable USER Enabling and disabling function group IEC.
056 059
104 000
104 058 IEC: Enable configuration This parameter can only be sent individually. In order to maintain consistency of all parameters in the function groups IEC, GSSE and GOOSE, they are only enabled mutually by this parameter. After this command is sent to the device, the actual status of the previously changed parameter setting of the three function groups is enabled in the communication data model of the connected device. This function is carried out automatically with the off-line/on-line switching of the device. 104 050 IEC: Inactivity timer Additional communication monitor at Ethernet. Should a logged-on client issue no further request message after this time period has elapsed, this client will automatically be logged-off, i.e. no further reports will be issued to him. To re-establish communication the client is required to perform a new log-on procedure with the device (IED). 104 051 IEC: Deadband value Setting to calculate the filter value for all measured value Report Control Blocks (RCB) except the measured value for energy. Should a change occur in one of the measured values, which is greater than the filter value, the RCB is again sent to all clients. For each measured value the filter value is calculated according to this formula: Step size measured value Setting I E C : D e a d b a n d v a l u e 104 056 IEC: Ethernet media Selecting the physical communication channel from either wired (RJ45) or optical fiber (ST/SC connector depending on ordering option) 104 060 IEC: Delta t (energy) Cycle time to send energy value by Report Control Block (RCB). No RCB transmission with setting to blocked!
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611
U-15

(continued)
IEC: IP address IP address for the device (IED has server function).
104 001
104 005 IEC: Subnet mask The subnet mask defines which part of the IP address is addressed by the sub-network and which part by the device that is logged-on to the network. 104 010 IEC: Number of routes Number of network routes, that can be contacted outside of the subnetwork, between the device (IED) and a client or server, communicating with this device, and situated in an exterior target network.
Such a configuration is required only then when this device must contact an external client/server direct without having its own network router to convert an IP address. Addressing of the router and the target network however are always necessary. Up to four such external target networks can be contacted. IEC: Router address 1 IP address of network router # 1. IEC: Target network 1 IP address of target network # 1. IEC: Router address 2 IP address of network router # 2. IEC: Target network 2 IP address of target network # 2. IEC: Router address 3 IP address of network router # 3. IEC: Target network 3 IP address of target network # 3. IEC: Router address 4 IP address of network router # 4. IEC: Target network 4 IP address of target network # 4.
104 011
104 015
104 019
104 023
104 027
104 031
104 035
104 039
104 200 IEC: SNTP operating mode Operating mode for the time synchronization telegram. When set to Broadcast synchronization occurs cyclically with the clock server transmitting a broadcast signal and, when set to Request from Server each device (IED has client function) individually requests a synchronization signal after its own cycle time. 104 201 IEC: SNTP poll cycle time Device (IED) poll cycle time for time synchronization when operating mode is set to Request from Server.
IEC: SNTP server IP addr. IP address of the synchronizing clock server. IEC: Diff. local time Time difference between UTC and local time at the devices' substation (IED).
104 202
104 206
U-16
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
IEC: Diff. dayl.sav. time Time difference when changing to daylight saving time.
104 207
104 057 IEC: IED name Name of the device (IED has server function). This device name serves as device identification in the IEC 61850 system, it is included in the Logical Device Name in the IEC data model and must therefore be unambiguous. All devices logged-on to the network should have non-recurring IED names. 221 081 IEC: DEV control model Setting of which control model is to be used to control all external devices. Suggested setting when performing switching operations at maximum safety is SBO enh. Security (SBO = Select-Before-Operate).
Function Parameters, General Functions COUNT: IEC 61850 pulsQty Setting the scaling factor to transmit the counter value via IEC 61850. According to the standard the resulting value is calculated as: Value transmitted = actual value * pulsQty (see IEC 61850: Value = actVal * pulsQty). Measured Operating Data IEC: MAC address MAC address for the network hardware of the Ethernet module. This address is introduced during manufacture and can only be read. Logic State Signals
105 180 IEC: Comm. link faulty Display when an Ethernet module has not initiated properly, i.e. if the MAC address is missing or there is a non-plausible parameter setting! 104 061 221 096
IEC: Control reservation Display if a client has made a reservation to control an external device ("select" for control by control mode "select before operate").
221 082
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611
U-17

(continued)
2.2
Generic Object Oriented Substation Event (Function Group GOOSE)
For high-speed exchange of information between individual IEDs (intelligent electronic devices) in a local network, the P139 provides the function group GOOSE as defined in the standard IEC 61850. GOOSE features high-speed and secure transmission for reverse interlocking, decentralized substation interlock, trip commands, blocking, enabling, contact position signals and other signals. "Goose Messages" are only transmitted by switches but not by routers. "Goose Messages" therefore remain in the local network to which the device is logged-on. Activating and Enabling The function group GOOSE can be activated by setting the parameter G O O S E : F u n c t i o n g r o u p G O O S E . This parameter is only visible if the optional Ethernet communication module is fitted to the device. After activation of GOOSE, all data points associated to this function group (setting parameters, binary state signals etc.) become visible. The function can then be enabled or disabled by setting GOOSE: General enable USER. The parameter settings for function groups IEC, GOOSE and GSSE in the device are not automatically activated. An activation occurs either when the command I E C : E n a b l e c o n f i g u r a t i o n is executed or automatically when the device is switched online with M A I N : D e v i c e o n - l i n e . In addition the function group IEC must be configured and enabled. Sending GOOSE With GOOSE up to 32 logic binary state signals and up to 10 two-pole states from the maximum of 10 possible external devices associated to the P139 can be sent. Selection of binary state signals is made by setting G O O SE: O u t p u t n f c t . a s s i g . (n = 1 to 32). The up to 10 two-pole states of the external devices are a fixed part of GOOSE for which there is no necessity to set parameters. The assignment of data object indexes to logic state signals is made in the range from 1 to 32 according to the assignment to GOOSE outputs. The two-pole state signals from external devices 1 to 10 receive a permanent assignment of data object indexes in ascending order from 33 to 42. GOOSE is automatically sent with each new state change of a configured binary state signal or an external device. There are numerous send repetitions in fixed ascending time periods (10 ms, 20 ms, 50 ms, 100 ms, 500 ms, 1000 ms, 2000 ms). If after 2 seconds there is no further state change apparent, GOOSE is then sent cyclically at 2-second intervals. In order to have unambiguous identification of GOOSE sent, characteristics such as the Goose ID number, MAC address, application ID and VLAN identifier must be entered through parameter settings. Further characteristics are the 'Dataset Configuration Revision' with the fixed value "100" as well as the 'Dataset Reference', which is made up of the IED name (setting in function group IEC) and the fixed string "System/LLNO$GooseST".
U-18
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
GOOSE DataSet: LLN0$GooseST

Identification: Multicast MAC address: 01-0C-CD-01-00-00 VLAN Identifier: 0 Application ID: 12288 Goose ID: "This IED" DataSet Ref. : "This IED System/LLNO" DataSet Cfg. Revision: 100
Data range:
ServernameSYSTEM/GosGGI01/Out1/stVal ServernameSYSTEM/GosGGI01/Out2/stVal ServernameSYSTEM/GosGGI01/Out32/stVal ServernameCONTROL/CSWI1/Pos/stVal ServernameCONTROL/CSWI2/Pos/stVal ServernameCONTROL/CSWI10/Pos/stVal
GOOSE: Output 1 fct.assig. GOOSE: Output 2 fct.assig. GOOSE: Output 32 fct.assig. DEV01: Control state DEV02: Control state DEV10: Control state
19Z6101B _EN
U-1
Basic structure of sent GOOSE
Receiving GOOSE With GOOSE up to 16 logic binary state signals and the two-pole contact position signals from up to 16 external devices can be received. Configuration of the logic state signals received (G O O S E : I n p u t n f c t . a s s i g . (n = 1 to 16)) is made on the basis of the selection table of the binary inputs (opto coupler inputs). Contact position signals received from external devices are listed in the selection table for interlocking equations of the function group ILOCK, which are available to design a decentralized substation interlock. For each state or contact position signal to be received from an external device the "Goose Message" must be selected that includes the information wanted by setting the Goose ID, the Application ID and the 'Dataset Reference'. With the further setting of the data object index and the data attribute index through parameters, the selection of the information wanted from the chosen GOOSE will occur. The device will not evaluate the identification features VLAN identifier and Dataset Configuration Revision that are also included in the GOOSE received. Each GOOSE includes time information on the duration of validity of its information. This corresponds to the double time period to the next GOOSE repetition. If the duration of
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611
U-19

(continued)
validity has elapsed without having received this GOOSE again (i.e. because of a fault in communication), the signals received will automatically be set to their respective default value G O O S E : I n p u t n d e f a u l t and G O O S E : E x t . D e v n d e f a u l t ( n = 1 to 16).
The function group GOOSE presents the following parameters, measured values and signals: Configuration Parameters
056 068 GOOSE: Function group GOOSE Canceling function group GOOSE or including it in the configuration. If the function group is cancelled from the configuration, then all associated settings and signals are hidden. The parameters of this function group are only then active if function group IEC has been configured and is activated, and if the parameters of this function group have been activated through the parameter I E C : E n a b l e c o n f i g u r a t i o n or by switching the device off-line/on-line.
GOOSE: General enable USER Enabling and disabling function group GOOSE.
106 001
106 002 GOOSE: Goose ID Goose ID being sent by this device (IED). GOOSE includes a Dataset with 32 binary and configurable virtual outputs and 10 two-pole states to the maximum of 10 monitored external devices 106 003 GOOSE: Multic. MAC address Multicast MAC address to provide identification of GOOSE to the receiving clients (IED). The default MAC address entered is suggested as a standard according to IEC 61850. The multicast MAC address entered in GOOSE may be modified so as to increase transmission security or to reduce the number of "GOOSE Messages" to be read by receiving clients (IED).
GOOSE: Application ID Application ID of GOOSE being sent by this device (IED).
106 004
106 006 GOOSE: VLAN Identifier VLAN identifier of GOOSE being sent by this device (IED). The VLAN identifier makes it possible to have switches in the network filter messages, if the switches support such a function. Because so-called multicast MAC addresses are applied, switches are unable to filter messages in the network if they do not include a VLAN identifier.
U-20
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
106 011 GOOSE: Output 1 fct.assig. 106 013 GOOSE: Output 2 fct.assig. 106 015 GOOSE: Output 3 fct.assig. 106 017 GOOSE: Output 4 fct.assig. 106 019 GOOSE: Output 5 fct.assig. 106 021 GOOSE: Output 6 fct.assig. 106 023 GOOSE: Output 7 fct.assig. 106 025 GOOSE: Output 8 fct.assig. 106 027 GOOSE: Output 9 fct.assig. 106 029 GOOSE: Output 10 fct.assig. 106 031 GOOSE: Output 11 fct.assig. 106 033 GOOSE: Output 12 fct.assig. 106 035 GOOSE: Output 13 fct.assig. 106 037 GOOSE: Output 14 fct.assig. 106 039 GOOSE: Output 15 fct.assig. 106 041 GOOSE: Output 16 fct.assig. 106 043 GOOSE: Output 17 fct.assig. 106 045 GOOSE: Output 18 fct.assig. 106 047 GOOSE: Output 19 fct.assig. 106 049 GOOSE: Output 20 fct.assig. 106 051 GOOSE: Output 21 fct.assig. 106 053 GOOSE: Output 22 fct.assig. 106 055 GOOSE: Output 23 fct.assig. 106 057 GOOSE: Output 24 fct.assig. 106 059 GOOSE: Output 25 fct.assig. 106 061 GOOSE: Output 26 fct.assig. 106 063 GOOSE: Output 27 fct.assig. 106 065 GOOSE: Output 28 fct.assig. 106 067 GOOSE: Output 29 fct.assig. 106 069 GOOSE: Output 30 fct.assig. 106 071 GOOSE: Output 31 fct.assig. 106 073 GOOSE: Output 32 fct.assig. Function assignment of a binary logical state signal to the virtual GOOSE outputs. The signal configured here is sent with the permanently configured Dataset of GOOSE.
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611
U-21

(continued)
107 001 GOOSE: Input 1 Goose ID 107 011 GOOSE: Input 2 Goose ID 107 021 GOOSE: Input 3 Goose ID 107 031 GOOSE: Input 4 Goose ID 107 041 GOOSE: Input 5 Goose ID 107 051 GOOSE: Input 6 Goose ID 107 061 GOOSE: Input 7 Goose ID 107 071 GOOSE: Input 8 Goose ID 107 081 GOOSE: Input 9 Goose ID 107 091 GOOSE: Input 10 Goose ID 107 101 GOOSE: Input 11 Goose ID 107 111 GOOSE: Input 12 Goose ID 107 121 GOOSE: Input 13 Goose ID 107 131 GOOSE: Input 14 Goose ID 107 141 GOOSE: Input 15 Goose ID 107 151 GOOSE: Input 16 Goose ID Goose ID for GOOSE, which is to be received by this device (IED) for the virtual binary GOOSE input. 108 001 GOOSE: Ext.Dev01 Goose ID 108 011 GOOSE: Ext.Dev02 Goose ID 108 021 GOOSE: Ext.Dev03 Goose ID 108 031 GOOSE: Ext.Dev04 Goose ID 108 041 GOOSE: Ext.Dev05 Goose ID 108 051 GOOSE: Ext.Dev06 Goose ID 108 061 GOOSE: Ext.Dev07 Goose ID 108 071 GOOSE: Ext.Dev08 Goose ID 108 081 GOOSE: Ext.Dev09 Goose ID 108 091 GOOSE: Ext.Dev10 Goose ID 108 101 GOOSE: Ext.Dev11 Goose ID 108 111 GOOSE: Ext.Dev12 Goose ID 108 121 GOOSE: Ext.Dev13 Goose ID 108 131 GOOSE: Ext.Dev14 Goose ID 108 141 GOOSE: Ext.Dev15 Goose ID 108 151 GOOSE: Ext.Dev16 Goose ID Goose ID for GOOSE, which is to be received by this device (IED) for the virtual two-pole GOOSE input, representing the state of an external device. Virtual GOOSE inputs can be linked with interlocking equations of assigned external devices.
U-22
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
107 000 GOOSE: Input 1 Applic. ID 107 010 GOOSE: Input 2 Applic. ID 107 020 GOOSE: Input 3 Applic. ID 107 030 GOOSE: Input 4 Applic. ID 107 040 GOOSE: Input 5 Applic. ID 107 050 GOOSE: Input 6 Applic. ID 107 060 GOOSE: Input 7 Applic. ID 107 070 GOOSE: Input 8 Applic. ID 107 080 GOOSE: Input 9 Applic. ID 107 090 GOOSE: Input 10 Applic. ID 107 100 GOOSE: Input 11 Applic. ID 107 110 GOOSE: Input 12 Applic. ID 107 120 GOOSE: Input 13 Applic. ID 107 130 GOOSE: Input 14 Applic. ID 107 140 GOOSE: Input 15 Applic. ID 107 150 GOOSE: Input 16 Applic. ID Application ID for GOOSE, which is to be received by this device (IED) for the virtual binary GOOSE input. 108 000 GOOSE: Ext.Dev01 Applic. ID 108 010 GOOSE: Ext.Dev02 Applic. ID 108 020 GOOSE: Ext.Dev03 Applic. ID 108 030 GOOSE: Ext.Dev04 Applic. ID 108 040 GOOSE: Ext.Dev05 Applic. ID 108 050 GOOSE: Ext.Dev06 Applic. ID 108 060 GOOSE: Ext.Dev07 Applic. ID 108 070 GOOSE: Ext.Dev08 Applic. ID 108 080 GOOSE: Ext.Dev09 Applic. ID 108 090 GOOSE: Ext.Dev10 Applic. ID 108 100 GOOSE: Ext.Dev11 Applic. ID 108 110 GOOSE: Ext.Dev12 Applic. ID 108 120 GOOSE: Ext.Dev13 Applic. ID 108 130 GOOSE: Ext.Dev14 Applic. ID 108 140 GOOSE: Ext.Dev15 Applic. ID 108 150 GOOSE: Ext.Dev16 Applic. ID Application ID for GOOSE, which is to be received by this device (IED) for the virtual two-pole GOOSE input, representing the state of an external device.
GOOSE: GOOSE: GOOSE: GOOSE: GOOSE: GOOSE: GOOSE: GOOSE: GOOSE: GOOSE: GOOSE: GOOSE: GOOSE: GOOSE: GOOSE:
Input 1 DataSet Ref Input 2 DataSet Ref Input 3 DataSet Ref Input 4 DataSet Ref Input 5 DataSet Ref Input 6 DataSet Ref Input 7 DataSet Ref Input 8 DataSet Ref Input 9 DataSet Ref Input 10 DataSet Ref Input 11 DataSet Ref Input 12 DataSet Ref Input 13 DataSet Ref Input 14 DataSet Ref Input 15 DataSet Ref
107 002 107 012 107 022 107 032 107 042 107 052 107 062 107 072 107 082 107 092 107 102 107 112 107 122 107 132 107 142
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611
U-23

(continued)
107 152 GOOSE: Input 16 DataSet Ref 'Dataset Reference' for GOOSE, which is to be received by this device (IED) for the virtual binary GOOSE input. A 'Dataset Reference' consists of a chain of characters including the full path of the state value from the device (IED) situated on the opposite side with the logical device/logical node/data object/data attribute. If a path is made up of more than 20 characters, then only the first 20 characters are to be entered. 108 002 GOOSE: Ext.Dev01 DatasetRef 108 012 GOOSE: Ext.Dev02 DatasetRef 108 022 GOOSE: Ext.Dev03 DatasetRef 108 032 GOOSE: Ext.Dev04 DatasetRef 108 042 GOOSE: Ext.Dev05 DatasetRef 108 052 GOOSE: Ext.Dev06 DatasetRef 108 062 GOOSE: Ext.Dev07 DatasetRef 108 072 GOOSE: Ext.Dev08 DatasetRef 108 082 GOOSE: Ext.Dev09 DatasetRef 108 092 GOOSE: Ext.Dev10 DatasetRef 108 102 GOOSE: Ext.Dev11 DatasetRef 108 112 GOOSE: Ext.Dev12 DatasetRef 108 122 GOOSE: Ext.Dev13 DatasetRef 108 132 GOOSE: Ext.Dev14 DatasetRef 108 142 GOOSE: Ext.Dev15 DatasetRef 108 152 GOOSE: Ext.Dev16 DatasetRef 'Dataset Reference' for GOOSE, which is to be received by this device (IED) for the virtual two-pole GOOSE input, representing the state of an external device. A 'Dataset Reference' consists of a chain of characters including the full path of the state value from the device (IED) situated on the opposite side with the logical device/logical node/data object/data attribute. If a path is made up of more than 20 characters, then only the first 20 characters are to be entered.
U-24
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
107 003 GOOSE: Input 1 DataObj Ind 107 013 GOOSE: Input 2 DataObj Ind 107 023 GOOSE: Input 3 DataObj Ind 107 033 GOOSE: Input 4 DataObj Ind 107 043 GOOSE: Input 5 DataObj Ind 107 053 GOOSE: Input 6 DataObj Ind 107 063 GOOSE: Input 7 DataObj Ind 107 073 GOOSE: Input 8 DataObj Ind 107 083 GOOSE: Input 9 DataObj Ind 107 093 GOOSE: Input 10 DataObj Ind 107 103 GOOSE: Input 11 DataObj Ind 107 113 GOOSE: Input 12 DataObj Ind 107 123 GOOSE: Input 13 DataObj Ind 107 133 GOOSE: Input 14 DataObj Ind 107 143 GOOSE: Input 15 DataObj Ind 107 153 GOOSE: Input 16 DataObj Ind Data object index of a Dataset for GOOSE, which is to be received by this device (IED) for the virtual binary GOOSE input. A data object index indicates which data object element in the Dataset is to be evaluated. 108 003 GOOSE: Ext.Dev01 DatasetInd 108 013 GOOSE: Ext.Dev02 DatasetInd 108 023 GOOSE: Ext.Dev03 DatasetInd 108 033 GOOSE: Ext.Dev04 DatasetInd 108 043 GOOSE: Ext.Dev05 DatasetInd 108 053 GOOSE: Ext.Dev06 DatasetInd 108 063 GOOSE: Ext.Dev07 DatasetInd 108 073 GOOSE: Ext.Dev08 DatasetInd 108 083 GOOSE: Ext.Dev09 DatasetInd 108 093 GOOSE: Ext.Dev10 DatasetInd 108 103 GOOSE: Ext.Dev11 DatasetInd 108 113 GOOSE: Ext.Dev12 DatasetInd 108 123 GOOSE: Ext.Dev13 DatasetInd 108 133 GOOSE: Ext.Dev14 DatasetInd 108 143 GOOSE: Ext.Dev15 DatasetInd 108 153 GOOSE: Ext.Dev16 DatasetInd Data object index of a Dataset for GOOSE, which is to be received by this device (IED) for the virtual two-pole GOOSE input, representing the state of an external device. A data object index indicates which data object element in the Dataset is to be evaluated.
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611
U-25

(continued)
107 004 GOOSE: Input 1 DatAttr Ind 107 014 GOOSE: Input 2 DatAttr Ind 107 024 GOOSE: Input 3 DatAttr Ind 107 034 GOOSE: Input 4 DatAttr Ind 107 044 GOOSE: Input 5 DatAttr Ind 107 054 GOOSE: Input 6 DatAttr Ind 107 064 GOOSE: Input 7 DatAttr Ind 107 074 GOOSE: Input 8 DatAttr Ind 107 084 GOOSE: Input 9 DatAttr Ind 107 094 GOOSE: Input 10 DatAttr Ind 107 104 GOOSE: Input 11 DatAttr Ind 107 114 GOOSE: Input 12 DatAttr Ind 107 124 GOOSE: Input 13 DatAttr Ind 107 134 GOOSE: Input 14 DatAttr Ind 107 144 GOOSE: Input 15 DatAttr Ind 107 154 GOOSE: Input 16 DatAttr Ind Data attribute index of a Dataset for GOOSE, which is to be received by this device (IED) for the virtual binary GOOSE input. A data attribute index indicates which data attribute element in the data object is to be evaluated. 108 004 GOOSE: Ext.Dev01 DatasetEle 108 014 GOOSE: Ext.Dev02 DatasetEle 108 024 GOOSE: Ext.Dev03 DatasetEle 108 034 GOOSE: Ext.Dev04 DatasetEle 108 044 GOOSE: Ext.Dev05 DatasetEle 108 054 GOOSE: Ext.Dev06 DatasetEle 108 064 GOOSE: Ext.Dev07 DatasetEle 108 074 GOOSE: Ext.Dev08 DatasetEle 108 084 GOOSE: Ext.Dev09 DatasetEle 108 094 GOOSE: Ext.Dev10 DatasetEle 108 104 GOOSE: Ext.Dev11 DatasetEle 108 114 GOOSE: Ext.Dev12 DatasetEle 108 124 GOOSE: Ext.Dev13 DatasetEle 108 134 GOOSE: Ext.Dev14 DatasetEle 108 144 GOOSE: Ext.Dev15 DatasetEle 108 154 GOOSE: Ext.Dev16 DatasetEle Data attribute index of a Dataset for GOOSE, which is to be received by this device (IED) for the virtual two-pole GOOSE input, representing the state of an external device. A data attribute index indicates which data attribute element in the data object is to be evaluated.
U-26
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
107 005 GOOSE: Input 1 default 107 015 GOOSE: Input 2 default 107 025 GOOSE: Input 3 default 107 035 GOOSE: Input 4 default 107 045 GOOSE: Input 5 default 107 055 GOOSE: Input 6 default 107 065 GOOSE: Input 7 default 107 075 GOOSE: Input 8 default 107 085 GOOSE: Input 9 default 107 095 GOOSE: Input 10 default 107 105 GOOSE: Input 11 default 107 115 GOOSE: Input 12 default 107 125 GOOSE: Input 13 default 107 135 GOOSE: Input 14 default 107 145 GOOSE: Input 15 default 107 155 GOOSE: Input 16 default Default for the virtual binary GOOSE input. The state of a virtual binary GOOSE input will revert to default as soon as the continuously monitored communication link to a GOOSE sending device (IED situated on the opposite side) is in fault or has disappeared altogether. 108 005 GOOSE: Ext.Dev01 default 108 015 GOOSE: Ext.Dev02 default 108 025 GOOSE: Ext.Dev03 default 108 035 GOOSE: Ext.Dev04 default 108 045 GOOSE: Ext.Dev05 default 108 055 GOOSE: Ext.Dev06 default 108 065 GOOSE: Ext.Dev07 default 108 075 GOOSE: Ext.Dev08 default 108 085 GOOSE: Ext.Dev09 default 108 095 GOOSE: Ext.Dev10 default 108 105 GOOSE: Ext.Dev11 default 108 115 GOOSE: Ext.Dev12 default 108 125 GOOSE: Ext.Dev13 default 108 135 GOOSE: Ext.Dev14 default 108 145 GOOSE: Ext.Dev15 default 108 155 GOOSE: Ext.Dev16 default Default for the virtual two-pole GOOSE input, representing the state of an external device. The state of a virtual two-pole GOOSE input will revert to default as soon as the continuously monitored communication link to a GOOSE sending device (IED situated on the opposite side) is in fault or has disappeared altogether.
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611
U-27

(continued)
107 006 GOOSE: Input 1 fct.assig. 107 016 GOOSE: Input 2 fct.assig. 107 026 GOOSE: Input 3 fct.assig. 107 036 GOOSE: Input 4 fct.assig. 107 046 GOOSE: Input 5 fct.assig. 107 056 GOOSE: Input 6 fct.assig. 107 066 GOOSE: Input 7 fct.assig. 107 076 GOOSE: Input 8 fct.assig. 107 086 GOOSE: Input 9 fct.assig. 107 096 GOOSE: Input 10 fct.assig. 107 106 GOOSE: Input 11 fct.assig. 107 116 GOOSE: Input 12 fct.assig. 107 126 GOOSE: Input 13 fct.assig. 107 136 GOOSE: Input 14 fct.assig. 107 146 GOOSE: Input 15 fct.assig. 107 156 GOOSE: Input 16 fct.assig. Function assignment of the virtual binary GOOSE input to a binary logical state signal on the device (IED) so that it can be processed further by the protection, control or logic functions. The signal configured at this point will receive the state of the data attribute, as configured above, and which was received with the Dataset of GOOSE
Measured Operating Data
106 005 GOOSE: Dataset Cfg.Revision Display of the 'Dataset Configuration Revision' value of GOOSE, which is sent from this device (IED).
U-28
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
Physical State Signals
GOOSE: Output 1 state GOOSE: Output 2 state GOOSE: Output 3 state GOOSE: Output 4 state GOOSE: Output 5 state GOOSE: Output 6 state GOOSE: Output 7 state GOOSE: Output 8 state GOOSE: Output 9 state GOOSE: Output 10 state GOOSE: Output 11 state GOOSE: Output 12 state GOOSE: Output 13 state GOOSE: Output 14 state GOOSE: Output 15 state GOOSE: Output 16 state GOOSE: Output 17 state GOOSE: Output 18 state GOOSE: Output 19 state GOOSE: Output 20 state GOOSE: Output 21 state GOOSE: Output 22 state GOOSE: Output 23 state GOOSE: Output 24 state GOOSE: Output 25 state GOOSE: Output 26 state GOOSE: Output 27 state GOOSE: Output 28 state GOOSE: Output 29 state GOOSE: Output 30 state GOOSE: Output 31 state GOOSE: Output 32 state Display of the virtual binary GOOSE output state. GOOSE: Input 1 state GOOSE: Input 2 state GOOSE: Input 3 state GOOSE: Input 4 state GOOSE: Input 5 state GOOSE: Input 6 state GOOSE: Input 7 state GOOSE: Input 8 state GOOSE: Input 9 state GOOSE: Input 10 state GOOSE: Input 11 state GOOSE: Input 12 state GOOSE: Input 13 state GOOSE: Input 14 state GOOSE: Input 15 state GOOSE: Input 16 state Display of the virtual binary GOOSE input state.
106 010 106 012 106 014 106 016 106 018 106 020 106 022 106 024 106 026 106 028 106 030 106 032 106 034 106 036 106 038 106 040 106 042 106 044 106 046 106 048 106 050 106 052 106 054 106 056 106 058 106 060 106 062 106 064 106 066 106 068 106 070 106 072
106 200 106 201 106 202 106 203 106 204 106 205 106 206 106 207 106 208 106 209 106 210 106 211 106 212 106 213 106 214 106 215
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611
U-29

(continued)
Logic State Signals
GOOSE: Ext.Dev01 position GOOSE: Ext.Dev02 position GOOSE: Ext.Dev03 position GOOSE: Ext.Dev04 position GOOSE: Ext.Dev05 position GOOSE: Ext.Dev06 position GOOSE: Ext.Dev07 position GOOSE: Ext.Dev08 position GOOSE: Ext.Dev09 position GOOSE: Ext.Dev10 position GOOSE: Ext.Dev11 position GOOSE: Ext.Dev12 position GOOSE: Ext.Dev13 position GOOSE: Ext.Dev14 position GOOSE: Ext.Dev15 position GOOSE: Ext.Dev16 position State of the virtual two-pole GOOSE input, representing the state of an external device.
109 000 109 005 109 010 109 015 109 020 109 025 109 030 109 035 109 040 109 045 109 050 109 055 109 060 109 065 109 070 109 075
109 001 GOOSE: Ext.Dev01 open 109 006 GOOSE: Ext.Dev02 open 109 011 GOOSE: Ext.Dev03 open 109 016 GOOSE: Ext.Dev04 open 109 021 GOOSE: Ext.Dev05 open 109 026 GOOSE: Ext.Dev06 open 109 031 GOOSE: Ext.Dev07 open 109 036 GOOSE: Ext.Dev08 open 109 041 GOOSE: Ext.Dev09 open 109 046 GOOSE: Ext.Dev10 open 109 051 GOOSE: Ext.Dev11 open 109 056 GOOSE: Ext.Dev12 open 109 061 GOOSE: Ext.Dev13 open 109 066 GOOSE: Ext.Dev14 open 109 071 GOOSE: Ext.Dev15 open 109 076 GOOSE: Ext.Dev16 open Binary open state of the virtual two-pole GOOSE input, representing the state of an external device.
GOOSE: GOOSE: GOOSE: GOOSE: GOOSE: GOOSE: GOOSE: GOOSE: GOOSE: GOOSE: GOOSE: GOOSE: GOOSE: GOOSE: GOOSE: U-30
Ext.Dev01 closed Ext.Dev02 closed Ext.Dev03 closed Ext.Dev04 closed Ext.Dev05 closed Ext.Dev06 closed Ext.Dev07 closed Ext.Dev08 closed Ext.Dev09 closed Ext.Dev10 closed Ext.Dev11 closed Ext.Dev12 closed Ext.Dev13 closed Ext.Dev14 closed Ext.Dev15 closed
109 002 109 007 109 012 109 017 109 022 109 027 109 032 109 037 109 042 109 047 109 052 109 057 109 062 109 067 109 072
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
109 077 GOOSE: Ext.Dev16 closed Binary closed state of the virtual two-pole GOOSE input, representing the state of an external device.
GOOSE: Ext.Dev01 interm.pos GOOSE: Ext.Dev02 interm.pos GOOSE: Ext.Dev03 interm.pos GOOSE: Ext.Dev04 interm.pos GOOSE: Ext.Dev05 interm.pos GOOSE: Ext.Dev06 interm.pos GOOSE: Ext.Dev07 interm.pos GOOSE: Ext.Dev08 interm.pos GOOSE: Ext.Dev09 interm.pos GOOSE: Ext.Dev10 interm.pos GOOSE: Ext.Dev11 interm.pos GOOSE: Ext.Dev12 interm.pos GOOSE: Ext.Dev13 interm.pos GOOSE: Ext.Dev14 interm.pos GOOSE: Ext.Dev15 interm.pos GOOSE: Ext.Dev16 interm.pos Binary intermediate position state of the virtual two-pole GOOSE input, representing the state of an external device.
109 003 109 008 109 013 109 018 109 023 109 028 109 033 109 038 109 043 109 048 109 053 109 058 109 063 109 068 109 073 109 078
107 250 GOOSE: IED link faulty Display if the continuously monitored communication link to a GOOSE sending device (IED situated on the opposite side) is in fault or has disappeared altogether. To each GOOSE the GOOSE sending device will attach a validity stamp, up to which a repetition of GOOSE will be carried out independent of a change of state. Thus the device monitors the time period at which the next state signal must be received.
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611
U-31

(continued)
2.3
Generic Substation State Event (Function Group GSSE)
For high-speed exchange of information between individual IEDs (intelligent electronic devices) in a local network, the P139 provides, as an additional functionality, the function group GSSE (UCA2.0-GOOSE) as defined in the standard IEC 61850. GSSE features high-speed and secure transmission of logic binary state signals such as reverse interlocking, trip commands, blocking, enabling and other signals. Activating and Enabling The Function Group GSSE can be activated by setting the parameter G S S E : F u n c t i o n g r o u p G S S E . This parameter is only visible if the optional Ethernet communication module is fitted to the device. After activation of GSSE, all data points associated to this function group (setting parameters, binary state signals etc.) become visible. The function can then be enabled or disabled by setting GSSE: General enable USER. The parameter settings for function groups IEC, GOOSE and GSSE in the device are not automatically activated. An activation occurs either when the command I E C : E n a b l e c o n f i g u r a t i o n is executed or automatically when the device is switched online with M A I N : D e v i c e o n - l i n e . In addition the function group IEC must be configured and enabled. Sending GSSE With GSSE up to 32 logic binary state signals can be sent. Selection of state signals is made by setting G SSE: O u t p u t n f c t . a s s i g . (n = 1 to 32). Each state signal selected is to be assigned to a bit pair in GSSE (G S S E : O u t p u t n b i t p a i r (n = 1 to 32)), which will transmit this state signal. GSSE is automatically sent with each state change of a selected state signal. There will be multiple send repetitions at ascending time periods. The first send repetition occurs at the given cycle time set with the parameter G S S E : M i n . c y c l e . The cycles for the following send repetitions result from a conditional equation with the increment set with the parameter G S S E : I n c r e m e n t . Should no further state changes occur up to the time when the maximum cycle time has elapsed (G S S E : M a x . c y c l e ) , then GSSE will be sent cyclically at intervals as set for the max. cycle time. In order to have unambiguous identification of a GSSE sent, the IED name is used which was set in function group IEC. Receiving GSSE With GSSE up to 32 logic binary state signals can be received. Configuration of the logic binary state signals received (G S S E : I n p u t n f c t . a s s i g . (n = 1 to 32)) is made on the basis of the selection table of the binary inputs (opto coupler inputs). For each state signal to be received, the GSSE message, which will include the information wanted, must be selected by setting the IED name (G S S E : I E D n a m e ) . Selection of information wanted from the selected GSSE will occur by setting the bit pair (G S S E : b i t p a i r ) . Each GSSE includes time information on the duration of validity of its information. This corresponds to the double time period to the next GSSE repetition. If the duration of validity has elapsed without having received this GSSE again (i.e. because of a fault in communication), the signals received will automatically be set to their respective default value ( G S S E : I n p u t n d e f a u l t (n = 1 to 32)).
U-32
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
The Function Group GSSE presents the following parameters and signals: Configuration Parameters
056 060 GSSE: Function group GSSE Canceling function group GSSC or including it in the configuration. If the function group is cancelled from the configuration, then all associated settings and signals are hidden. The parameters of this function group are only then active if function group IEC has been configured and is activated, and if the parameters of this function group have been activated through the parameter I E C : E n a b l e c o n f i g u r a t i o n or by switching the device off-line/on-line.
GSSE: General enable USER Enabling and disabling function group GSSE.
104 049
104 052 GSSE: Min. cycle Minimum value for the GSSE repetition cycle time in ms. The repetition cycle time for a GSSE message is calculated, according to a standard, with this formula:
Repetition cycle time = Min. cycle + (1 + (increment/1000))N-1 [ms] The repetitions counter N will be restarted at count 1 after each state change of a GSSE bit pair.
104 053 GSSE: Max. cycle Maximum value for the GSSE repetition cycle time in s. For the formula to calculate the repetition cycle time see Min. cycle. Should the calculated value for the repetition cycle time be equal to or greater than the set max. value then the GSSE message will be sent repeatedly at the set max. value time. 104 054 GSSE: Increment Increment for the GSSE repetition cycle. For the formula to calculate the repetition cycle time see Min. cycle. 104 055 GSSE: Operating mode In the operating mode Broadcast all GSSE, independent of their MAC address (network hardware characteristic), are always read and processed. In the operating mode Promiscuous and after all GSSE sending devices have logged-on, only messages with the MAC addresses of IEDs, that have logged-on successfully, are read and processed.
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611
U-33

(continued)
104 101 GSSE: Output 1 bit pair 104 104 GSSE: Output 2 bit pair 104 107 GSSE: Output 3 bit pair 104 110 GSSE: Output 4 bit pair 104 113 GSSE: Output 5 bit pair 104 116 GSSE: Output 6 bit pair 104 119 GSSE: Output 7 bit pair 104 122 GSSE: Output 8 bit pair 104 125 GSSE: Output 9 bit pair 104 128 GSSE: Output 10 bit pair 104 131 GSSE: Output 11 bit pair 104 134 GSSE: Output 12 bit pair 104 137 GSSE: Output 13 bit pair 104 140 GSSE: Output 14 bit pair 104 143 GSSE: Output 15 bit pair 104 146 GSSE: Output 16 bit pair 104 149 GSSE: Output 17 bit pair 104 152 GSSE: Output 18 bit pair 104 155 GSSE: Output 19 bit pair 104 158 GSSE: Output 20 bit pair 104 161 GSSE: Output 21 bit pair 104 164 GSSE: Output 22 bit pair 104 167 GSSE: Output 23 bit pair 104 170 GSSE: Output 24 bit pair 104 173 GSSE: Output 25 bit pair 104 176 GSSE: Output 26 bit pair 104 179 GSSE: Output 27 bit pair 104 182 GSSE: Output 28 bit pair 104 185 GSSE: Output 29 bit pair 104 188 GSSE: Output 30 bit pair 104 191 GSSE: Output 31 bit pair 104 194 GSSE: Output 32 bit pair Setting with which GSSE bit pair the configured binary signal of the virtual GSSE outputs is to be transmitted. A GSSE is always transmitted consisting of a fixed number of 96 bit pairs, of which a maximum of 32 are used by this device (IED) during a send operation.
U-34
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
104 102 GSSE: Output 1 fct.assig. 104 105 GSSE: Output 2 fct.assig. 104 108 GSSE: Output 3 fct.assig. 104 111 GSSE: Output 4 fct.assig. 104 114 GSSE: Output 5 fct.assig. 104 117 GSSE: Output 6 fct.assig. 104 120 GSSE: Output 7 fct.assig. 104 123 GSSE: Output 8 fct.assig. 104 126 GSSE: Output 9 fct.assig. 104 129 GSSE: Output 10 fct.assig. 104 132 GSSE: Output 11 fct.assig. 104 135 GSSE: Output 12 fct.assig. 104 138 GSSE: Output 13 fct.assig. 104 141 GSSE: Output 14 fct.assig. 104 144 GSSE: Output 15 fct.assig. 104 147 GSSE: Output 16 fct.assig. 104 150 GSSE: Output 17 fct.assig. 104 153 GSSE: Output 18 fct.assig. 104 156 GSSE: Output 19 fct.assig. 104 159 GSSE: Output 20 fct.assig. 104 162 GSSE: Output 21 fct.assig. 104 165 GSSE: Output 22 fct.assig. 104 168 GSSE: Output 23 fct.assig. 104 171 GSSE: Output 24 fct.assig. 104 174 GSSE: Output 25 fct.assig. 104 177 GSSE: Output 26 fct.assig. 104 180 GSSE: Output 27 fct.assig. 104 183 GSSE: Output 28 fct.assig. 104 186 GSSE: Output 29 fct.assig. 104 189 GSSE: Output 30 fct.assig. 104 192 GSSE: Output 31 fct.assig. 104 195 GSSE: Output 32 fct.assig. Function assignment of a binary logical status signal to the virtual GSSE outputs. The signal configured here is sent through the GSSE bit pair as configured above.
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611
U-35

(continued)
105 001 GSSE: Input 1 bit pair 105 006 GSSE: Input 2 bit pair 105 011 GSSE: Input 3 bit pair 105 016 GSSE: Input 4 bit pair 105 021 GSSE: Input 5 bit pair 105 026 GSSE: Input 6 bit pair 105 031 GSSE: Input 7 bit pair 105 036 GSSE: Input 8 bit pair 105 041 GSSE: Input 9 bit pair 105 046 GSSE: Input 10 bit pair 105 051 GSSE: Input 11 bit pair 105 056 GSSE: Input 12 bit pair 105 061 GSSE: Input 13 bit pair 105 066 GSSE: Input 14 bit pair 105 071 GSSE: Input 15 bit pair 105 076 GSSE: Input 16 bit pair 105 081 GSSE: Input 17 bit pair 105 086 GSSE: Input 18 bit pair 105 091 GSSE: Input 19 bit pair 105 096 GSSE: Input 20 bit pair 105 101 GSSE: Input 21 bit pair 105 106 GSSE: Input 22 bit pair 105 111 GSSE: Input 23 bit pair 105 116 GSSE: Input 24 bit pair 105 121 GSSE: Input 25 bit pair 105 126 GSSE: Input 26 bit pair 105 131 GSSE: Input 27 bit pair 105 136 GSSE: Input 28 bit pair 105 141 GSSE: Input 29 bit pair 105 146 GSSE: Input 30 bit pair 105 151 GSSE: Input 31 bit pair 105 156 GSSE: Input 32 bit pair Setting which GSSE bit pair is assigned to which virtual GSSE input. A GSSE is always received consisting of a fixed number of 96 bit pairs, of which a maximum of 32 are processed by this device (IED).
U-36
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
GSSE: Input 1 IED name GSSE: Input 2 IED name GSSE: Input 3 IED name GSSE: Input 4 IED name GSSE: Input 5 IED name GSSE: Input 6 IED name GSSE: Input 7 IED name GSSE: Input 8 IED name GSSE: Input 9 IED name GSSE: Input 10 IED name GSSE: Input 11 IED name GSSE: Input 12 IED name GSSE: Input 13 IED name GSSE: Input 14 IED name GSSE: Input 15 IED name GSSE: Input 16 IED name GSSE: Input 17 IED name GSSE: Input 18 IED name GSSE: Input 19 IED name GSSE: Input 20 IED name GSSE: Input 21 IED name GSSE: Input 22 IED name GSSE: Input 23 IED name GSSE: Input 24 IED name GSSE: Input 25 IED name GSSE: Input 26 IED name GSSE: Input 27 IED name GSSE: Input 28 IED name GSSE: Input 29 IED name GSSE: Input 30 IED name GSSE: Input 31 IED name GSSE: Input 32 IED name IED name for the virtual GSSE input used to identify a GSSE received.
105 002 105 007 105 012 105 017 105 022 105 027 105 032 105 037 105 042 105 047 105 052 105 057 105 062 105 067 105 072 105 077 105 082 105 087 105 092 105 097 105 102 105 107 105 112 105 117 105 122 105 127 105 132 105 137 105 142 105 147 105 152 105 157
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611
U-37

(continued)
105 003 GSSE: Input 1 default 105 008 GSSE: Input 2 default 105 013 GSSE: Input 3 default 105 018 GSSE: Input 4 default 105 023 GSSE: Input 5 default 105 028 GSSE: Input 6 default 105 033 GSSE: Input 7 default 105 038 GSSE: Input 8 default 105 043 GSSE: Input 9 default 105 048 GSSE: Input 10 default 105 053 GSSE: Input 11 default 105 058 GSSE: Input 12 default 105 063 GSSE: Input 13 default 105 068 GSSE: Input 14 default 105 073 GSSE: Input 15 default 105 078 GSSE: Input 16 default 105 083 GSSE: Input 17 default 105 088 GSSE: Input 18 default 105 093 GSSE: Input 19 default 105 098 GSSE: Input 20 default 105 103 GSSE: Input 21 default 105 108 GSSE: Input 22 default 105 113 GSSE: Input 23 default 105 118 GSSE: Input 24 default 105 123 GSSE: Input 25 default 105 128 GSSE: Input 26 default 105 133 GSSE: Input 27 default 105 138 GSSE: Input 28 default 105 143 GSSE: Input 29 default 105 148 GSSE: Input 30 default 105 153 GSSE: Input 31 default 105 158 GSSE: Input 32 default Default for the virtual binary GSSE input. The state of a virtual two-pole GSSE input will revert to default as soon as the continuously monitored communication link to a GSSE sending device (IED situated on the opposite side) is in fault or has disappeared altogether.
U-38
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
105 004 GSSE: Input 1 fct.assig. 105 009 GSSE: Input 2 fct.assig. 105 014 GSSE: Input 3 fct.assig. 105 019 GSSE: Input 4 fct.assig. 105 024 GSSE: Input 5 fct.assig. 105 029 GSSE: Input 6 fct.assig. 105 034 GSSE: Input 7 fct.assig. 105 039 GSSE: Input 8 fct.assig. 105 044 GSSE: Input 9 fct.assig. 105 049 GSSE: Input 10 fct.assig. 105 054 GSSE: Input 11 fct.assig. 105 059 GSSE: Input 12 fct.assig. 105 064 GSSE: Input 13 fct.assig. 105 069 GSSE: Input 14 fct.assig. 105 074 GSSE: Input 15 fct.assig. 105 079 GSSE: Input 16 fct.assig. 105 084 GSSE: Input 17 fct.assig. 105 089 GSSE: Input 18 fct.assig. 105 094 GSSE: Input 19 fct.assig. 105 099 GSSE: Input 20 fct.assig. 105 104 GSSE: Input 21 fct.assig. 105 109 GSSE: Input 22 fct.assig. 105 114 GSSE: Input 23 fct.assig. 105 119 GSSE: Input 24 fct.assig. 105 124 GSSE: Input 25 fct.assig. 105 129 GSSE: Input 26 fct.assig. 105 134 GSSE: Input 27 fct.assig. 105 139 GSSE: Input 28 fct.assig. 105 144 GSSE: Input 29 fct.assig. 105 149 GSSE: Input 30 fct.assig. 105 154 GSSE: Input 31 fct.assig. 105 159 GSSE: Input 32 fct.assig. Function assignment of the virtual binary GSSE input to a binary logical state signal on the device (IED) so that it can be processed further by the protection, control or logic functions. The signal configured at this point will receive the state of the bit pair, as configured above, and which was received with GSSE
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611
U-39

(continued)
Physical State Signals
GSSE: Output 1 state GSSE: Output 2 state GSSE: Output 3 state GSSE: Output 4 state GSSE: Output 5 state GSSE: Output 6 state GSSE: Output 7 state GSSE: Output 8 state GSSE: Output 9 state GSSE: Output 10 state GSSE: Output 11 state GSSE: Output 12 state GSSE: Output 13 state GSSE: Output 14 state GSSE: Output 15 state GSSE: Output 16 state GSSE: Output 17 state GSSE: Output 18 state GSSE: Output 19 state GSSE: Output 20 state GSSE: Output 21 state GSSE: Output 22 state GSSE: Output 23 state GSSE: Output 24 state GSSE: Output 25 state GSSE: Output 26 state GSSE: Output 27 state GSSE: Output 28 state GSSE: Output 29 state GSSE: Output 30 state GSSE: Output 31 state GSSE: Output 32 state Display of the virtual binary GSSE output state.
104 100 104 103 104 106 104 109 104 112 104 115 104 118 104 121 104 124 104 127 104 130 104 133 104 136 104 139 104 142 104 145 104 148 104 151 104 154 104 157 104 160 104 163 104 166 104 169 104 172 104 175 104 178 104 181 104 184 104 187 104 190 104 193
U-40
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
GSSE: Input 1 state GSSE: Input 2 state GSSE: Input 3 state GSSE: Input 4 state GSSE: Input 5 state GSSE: Input 6 state GSSE: Input 7 state GSSE: Input 8 state GSSE: Input 9 state GSSE: Input 10 state GSSE: Input 11 state GSSE: Input 12 state GSSE: Input 13 state GSSE: Input 14 state GSSE: Input 15 state GSSE: Input 16 state GSSE: Input 17 state GSSE: Input 18 state GSSE: Input 19 state GSSE: Input 20 state GSSE: Input 21 state GSSE: Input 22 state GSSE: Input 23 state GSSE: Input 24 state GSSE: Input 25 state GSSE: Input 26 state GSSE: Input 27 state GSSE: Input 28 state GSSE: Input 29 state GSSE: Input 30 state GSSE: Input 31 state GSSE: Input 32 state Display of the virtual binary GSSE input state.
105 000 105 005 105 010 105 015 105 020 105 025 105 030 105 035 105 040 105 045 105 050 105 055 105 060 105 065 105 070 105 075 105 080 105 085 105 090 105 095 105 100 105 105 105 110 105 115 105 120 105 125 105 130 105 135 105 140 105 145 105 150 105 155
Logic State Signals
105 181 GSSE: IED link faulty Display if the continuously monitored communication link to a GSSE sending device (IED situated on the opposite side) is in fault or has disappeared altogether. To each GSSE the GSSE sending device will attach a validity stamp, up to which a repetition of GSSE will be carried out independent of a change of state. Thus the device monitors the time period at which the next state signal must be received.
Control and Testing
GSSE: Reset counters Command to reset monitoring counters as listed below.
105 171
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611
U-41

(continued)
105 160 GSSE: Enroll. IEDs flags L Bar with state bits for all GSSE inputs, showing if the respective GSSE sending device has logged-on and is transmitting free of fault (input 1 to 16). 105 161 GSSE: Enroll. IEDs flags H Bar with state bits for all GSSE inputs, showing if the respective GSSE sending device has logged-on and is transmitting free of fault (input 17 to 32).
GSSE: Tx message counter Shows the number of GSSE messages sent. This counter is reset by GSSE: Reset counters.
105 162
105 163 GSSE: Rx message counter Shows the number of GSSE messages received. This counter is reset by GSSE: Reset counters. 105 164 GSSE: No. bin.state chang. Number of state changes included in a GSSE sent. This counter is reset by GSSE: Reset counters. 105 165 GSSE: Tx last sequence State of the continuous counter sequence for the message counter sent with each GSSE. 105 166 GSSE: Tx last message State of the continuous counter sequence for state changes sent with each GSSE. 105 167 GSSE: No. reject. messages Number of telegram rejections having occurred because of non-plausible message content. This counter is reset by G S S E : R e s e t c o u n t e r s . 105 170 GSSE: IED view selection Setting for which GSSE sending device the following statistics information is to be displayed. 105 172 GSSE: IED receiv. messages Counter of the GSSE telegrams received by this IED. This counter is reset by G S S E : R e s e t c o u n t e r s . 105 173 GSSE: IED Rx last sequence State of the continuous counter sequence for the message counter received with each GSSE. 105 174 GSSE: IED Rx last message State of the continuous counter sequence for state changes received with each GSSE.
GSSE: IED missed messages Number of missing GSSE messages (gaps in the continuous sequence numbering). This counter is reset by G S S E : R e s e t c o u n t e r s . GSSE: IED missed changes Number of missing state changes (gaps in the continuous sequence numbering). This counter is reset by G S S E : R e s e t c o u n t e r s . GSSE: IED time-outs Number of GSSE received after validity time period has elapsed. This counter is reset by G S S E : R e s e t c o u n t e r s .
105 175
105 176
105 177
U-42
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
2.4
Self-Monitoring (Function Group SFMON)
Depending on the type of internal fault detected the device will respond by trying to eliminate the problem with a warm restart. For further details see section Self-Monitoring (Function Group SFMON) in Chapter 3 "Operation" and read about device behavior with problems in Chapter 10 "Troubleshooting". Whether or not this measure will suffice can only be determined if the monitoring signal has not already been stored in the monitoring signal memory because of a previous fault. If it was already stored and a second fault is detected then, depending on the type of fault detected, the device will be blocked after the second warm restart. Previously this occurred independently of the time duration that had passed since the first monitoring signal was issued. Monitoring signal memory The behavior caused by sporadic faults could lead to an unwanted blocking of the device if the monitoring signal memory has not been reset in the interim, for example, because the substation is difficult to reach in wintertime or reading-out and clearing of the monitoring signal memory via the communication interfaces was not enabled. A "memory retention time" has been introduced to defuse this problem. Now device blocking only occurs when the same internal device fault is detected twice during this time duration. Otherwise, the device will continue to operate normally after a warm restart. In the default setting this timer stage is blocked so that with a detected internal fault the device will operate the same as with the previous versions.
Address Description 021 018 SFMON: Mon.sig. retention Range of Values 0...240 / Blocked Units h
Monitoring signal memory time tag Because of these changes the significance of the time tag for entries to the monitoring signal memory has been re-defined. The time when the device fault occurred first was previously recorded. As of version -610 the time when the device fault occurred last is now recorded.
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611
U-43

(continued)
2.5 Short-circuit direction determination using voltage memory (as of version -611)
Short-Circuit Direction Determination (Function Group SCDD)
The short-circuit direction determination (SCDD) function group is subdivided into two subsets. Direction determination in a residual current system For direction determination in a residual current system the measured residual current IN and the vector addition of the phase-ground voltages are applied. In this case voltage memory is not used. Direction determination in a phase system For direction determination in a phase system the SCDD function uses the faultdependent short-circuit current and in general the phase-to-phase, unfaulted voltages (not involved in the short-circuit) assigned to the type of fault. This ensures that with single-pole and two-pole faults there is always sufficient voltage available for direction determination. This procedure can also be applied to three-pole faults with a phase-to-phase voltage > 200 mV. Should a three-pole fault occur close to the point of measurement, there could be such a large 3-phase voltage drop, that direction determination on above basis is no longer possible. As of version -611 there is a voltage memory available for such fault occurrences from which the SCDD function can obtain the necessary voltage information for direction determination. With a three-pole fault in the phase-current stage the measurement loop voltage (VABmeas) with the threshold set by the user at S C D D : O p e r . v a l . V m e m o r y P S x is compared with the threshold Vop.val. of the voltage memory.
Address Description PS1 PS2 PS3 PS4 0.01 ... 0.15 ... 1.00 Vnom 010 109 010 116 010 017 010 018 SCDD: Oper.val.Vmemory PSx Range of Values Units
If VABmeas < Vop.val. then the SCDD function will not use VABmeas but will revert to the voltage memory, if it has been enabled. The following signal is issued: SCDD: Direct. using memory (038 047).
If the voltage memory has not been enabled (i.e. |Delta f| > 2.5 Hz) the SCDD function will check if VABmeas is sufficient for direction determination. Should the result with a disabled voltage memory be VABmeas > 200 mV the direction will be determined on the basis of VABmeas. The following signal is issued: SCDD: Direct. using Vmeas (038 045)
U-44
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
If V12meas < 200 mV, a forward fault is detected if the voltage memory is disabled and if the pre-orientation is active (set under S C D D : T r i p b i a s ), otherwise the directional decision is blocked. The following signal is issued: SCDD: Forw. w/o measurem. (038 044). These signals are additionally delivered to the following signals: SCDD: SCDD: SCDD: SCDD: Fault Fault Fault Fault P P P P forward backward or G forwd. or G backw.
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611
U-45

(continued)
2.6 2.6.1
Thermal Overload Protection (Function Group THERM) Functional Description
Using this function, thermal overload protection can be implemented. As of version 611 this function provides the following features: Disabling or enabling thermal overload protection Thermal overload protection may be disabled or enabled by setting parameters. Moreover, enabling can be carried out separately for each parameter set.
THERM: General enable USER [ 022 050 ] 0 1 0: No 1: Yes THERM: Enabled & [ 040 068 ]
THERM: Enable PSx [ * ]
0 1 0: No 1: Yes x 1 2 3 4 PSS: PS x active 036 090 036 091 036 092 036 093 Parameter set 1 set 2 set 3 set 4 THERM: Enable PSx 001 118 001 119 001 120 001 121
PSS: PS x active [ * ]
19Z6112A_EN
U-2
Enabling or disabling thermal overload protection
U-46
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
Readiness of thermal overload protection Thermal overload protection will issue T H ER M : N o t r e a d y if one of the following conditions applies: Thermal overload protection is disabled. Thermal overload protection is blocked because of a fault in the coolant temperature (ambient) acquisition. Thermal overload protection is blocked because of an incorrect setting. The thermal replica is blocked via an appropriately configured binary signal input.
THERM: Enabled [ 040 068 ] THERM: Block. by CTA error

305 200
THERM: Not ready >1 [ 040 035 ]
&
THERM: Therm.repl.block EXT [ 041 074 ] THERM: Setting error,block. [ 039 110 ]
>1
19Z6113A_EN
U-3
Signal T H E R M : n o t r e a d y
Operating modes Two operating modes can be selected for thermal overload protection. Relative replica Absolute replica Either operating mode can be enabled or disabled individually. Only one of the operating modes may be enabled for thermal overload protection. However, if both operating modes are enabled at the same time, the thermal overload protection is blocked and an error message is generated by the P139: THERM: Setting error,block.
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611
U-47

(continued)
Coolant temperature effect To permit coolant temperature (ambient) acquisition, one of the analog modules Y must be fitted, either the analog (I/O) module Y with a 20 mA current input and the "PT100" input or the temperature p/c board (the RTD module) with the temperature sensor inputs T1 to T9. One of the 11 measuring inputs listed above is selected for the primary measurement of coolant temperature by setting the parameter T H E R M : S e l e c t m e a s . i n p u t P S x . In addition the parameter T H ER M : Se l . b a c k u p th . PSx is set to select which of these 11 measuring inputs is to be used as a backup to measure the coolant temperature when the primary measuring input has failed. If the parameters T H E R M : S e l e c t m e a s . i n p u t P S x o r T H ER M : Se l . Ba c k u p th . PSx have been set incorrectly the thermal overload protection is blocked and an error message is generated by the P139: THERM: Setting error,block. An open measuring circuit, due to a broken wire, is determined by the measured value inputs (function group MEASI). This will result in the issuance of these signals: MEASI: Open circ. 20mA inp. MEASI: PT100 open circuit M E A S I : T 1 o p e n c i r c . to MEASI: T9 open circ. The thermal model uses these signals as a criterion to determine a fault in the coolant temperature measurement. A fault at both measured value inputs selected will lead to the issuance of the signal T H E R M : C T A e r r o r .
U-48
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
The setting of T H E R M : F u n c t . f . C T A f a i l . P S x determines how the thermal overload protection is to continue functioning when the coolant temperature measurement has failed. The following functions can be selected to guarantee continued and stable performance of the thermal overload protection when the coolant temperature measurement has failed. Default temperature value: The coolant temperature set at T H E R M : D e f a u l t C T A P S x is applied. The thermal overload protection is not blocked. Last measured temperature: As a rule there is an erratic change of the measured value when a fault has occurred in the coolant temperature measurement. The temperature measured before such an erratic change is stored and applied. The thermal overload protection is not blocked. The coolant temperature set at T H E R M : D e f a u l t C T A P S x is applied if no last measured values are available because a device warm restart or a parameter subset selection was carried out. Blocking: The signals T H ER M : W a r n i n g and T H ER M : T r i p s i g n a l are reset and blocked. The thermal model will then be continued and displayed on the basis of the measured current alone. All further measurands are issued as "not measured". All relevant parameters for coolant temperature (ambient) acquisition are hidden if none of the two analog modules Y available have been fitted. The tripping time is calculated by including the setting for T H E R M : D e f a u l t C T A P S x . Thermal overload protection operation without coolant temperature (ambient) acquisition In order to guarantee thermal overload protection, without considering an offset due to a variable coolant temperature, it is recommended to set the parameter T H E R M : D e f a u l t C T A P S x to the maximum permitted coolant temperature.
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611
U-49

(continued)
THERM: Select meas.inputPSx [ * ] 0 1 2 n 0: Without 1: PT 100 2: 20mA Input n = 3 ... 11: Tx MEASI: Open circ. PT 100 [ 040 190 ] MEASI: Overload 20mA input [ 040 191 ] MEASI: Open circ. 20mA inp. [ 040 192 ] MEASI: Open circ. Tx [ * ] THERM: Sel. backup th. PSx [ * ] 0 1 2 n 0: Without 1: PT 100 2: 20mA Input n = 3 ... 11: Ty & >1 & >1 MEASI: Open circ. Ty [ * ] & >1 & >1 THERM: With CTA
305 201
>1
& & >1 & >1 &
& >1
THERM: CTA error [ 039 111 ] SFMON: CTA error [ 098 034 ]
THERM: KTE gestrt EXT [ 038 062 ] THERM: Funct.f. CTA fail. PSx [ * ] 1 2 3 1: Default temp. value 2: Last meas.temperat. 3: Blocked MEASI: Open Tx circ. T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T7 T8 T9 040 193 040 194 040 195 040 208 040 209 040 218 040 219 040 252 040 253 & THERM: Block. by CTA error
305 200
Ty 040 193 040 194 040 195 040 208 040 209 040 218 040 219 040 252 040 253 Parameter set 1 set 2 set 3 set 4 THERM: Select meas.inputPSx 072 177 073 177 074 177 075 177 THERM: Sel. backup th. PSx 072 080 073 080 074 080 074 080 THERM: Funct.f. CTA fail. PSx 076 177 077 177 078 177 079 177 19Z6110A_EN
U-4
Coolant temperature monitoring
U-50
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
Relative replica The rated operating current of the protected object and its overload tolerance for maximum coolant (ambient) temperature are the basis of the relative thermal replica. In the "Relative replica" operating mode, the following settings have to be made for thermal overload protection: The rated operating current of the protected object T H E R M : I r e f P S x The tripping threshold trip is set at T H E R M : R e l . O / T t r i p P S x If coolant temperature (ambient) acquisition is used, the following parameters must be set: The maximum permissible temperature of the protected object max THERM: Max.perm.obj.tmp.PSx The maximum coolant temperature (maximum ambient) a,max THERM: Max.perm.cool.tmpPSx
Absolute replica The thermal limit current of the protected object is the reference current of the absolute thermal replica. For this limit current, an overtemperature results at the maximum coolant temperature. In the "Absolute replica" operating mode, the following parameters have to be set for thermal overload protection: The thermal limit current of the protected object T H E R M : I r e f P S x The limit temperature for tripping max THERM: Max.perm.obj.tmp.PSx The overtemperature as a result of a persistent limit current (max - a,max ) THERM: O/T f.Iref pers. PSx Note: The maximum permissible coolant temperature a,max is derived from the difference between the parameters T H ER M : M a x.p e r m .o b j .tm p .PSx and T H ER M : O /T f . I r e f p e r s . P S x
Tripping characteristics The maximum RMS phase current I is used to track a first-order thermal replica as specified in IEC 255-8. Other than the operating mode dependent settings the following parameters will govern the tripping time: The set thermal time constant of the protected object THERM: Tim.const.1,>Ibl PS The accumulated thermal load 0. The current measured coolant temperature a.
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611
U-51

(continued)
The tripping threshold in the two operating modes is calculated as follows:
I 0 I ref t = ln 2 a,max I trip 1 a I max a,max ref

The tripping threshold trip is set to a fixed value of 100 % ( = 1 ) if the operating mode is "Absolute replica".
10000
trip / %
200 1000 110 50 100
/min
200 110
10
50 200 110 50
1000
t/min
1
30
0.1
0.01
0.00
10
11
I/Iref
D5Z50BE
U-5
Tripping characteristics of thermal overload protection (tripping characteristics apply to 0 = 0 % and identical settings for the maximum permissible coolant temperature and coolant temperature)
U-52
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
Warning Depending on the selected operating mode, a warning signal can be set at one of the following parameters: Relative replica: Absolute replica: T H ER M : R e l . O /T w a r n i n g PSx THERM: Warning temp. PSx
Additionally, a pre-trip time limit can be set; when the time left until tripping falls below this pre-trip limit, a warning will be issued.
Trip The trip threshold is set according to the selected operating mode with the following parameters: Relative replica: Absolute replica: THERM: Rel. O/T trip PSx
THERM: Max.perm.obj.tmp.PSx
If a trip command is issued, the trip signal is maintained until the status of the thermal replica has decreased by the value T H E R M : T r i p H y s t e r e s i s P S x , at least for a fixed time of 5s.
Cooling If the current falls below the default threshold of 0.1 Iref, the thermal replica is applied with the set time constant T H ER M : T i m .c o n s t.2 ,< Ib l PSx. This element in the thermal model takes account of the cooling characteristics of stopped motors. Note: These two time constants should be set to the same value for transformers and power lines.
Operation together with the motor protection function If the thermal overload protection function is operated together with the motor protection function (function group MP) and if another startup of an asynchronous motor occurs (other than the first startup), then the thermal overload protection function will be temporarily blocked during the startup time. The motor protection will effect the thermal overload protection and not vice versa if both protection functions are applied simultaneously.
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611
U-53

(continued)
IA IB IC
COMP
THERM: I
305 202
Iph,max
AR_MV
THERM: Starting k*Iref> [ 041 108 ]
MAIN: Protection active

306 001
&
c c THERM: Tim. c const.1,>Ibl PSx [ * ] THERM: Tim. c const.2,<Ibl PSx [ * ] THERM: O/T f. Iref c pers. PSx [ * ]
THERM: Enabled [ 040 068 ] THERM: Therm.repl.block [ 041 074 ] THERM: Block. by CTA error
305 200
&
MP: Block. replica THERM

304 700
THERM: Iref PSx [ * ] THERM: Start.fact. OL_RC PSx [ * ] k*Iref
<0.1 Iref
THERM: Warning c temp. PSx [ * ] THERM: Max. c perm.obj.tmp.PSx [ * ] THERM: Max.perm. c cool.tmpPSx [ * ] THERM: Rel. O/T c warning PSx [ * ] THERM: Rel. c O/T trip PSx [ * ] THERM: Default PSx c CTA [ * ] THERM: Hysteresis trip PSx [ * ] THERM: Warning pre-trip PSx [ * ] THERM: Within pre-trip time [ 041 109 ] SFMON: Setting error THERM [ 098 035 ] THERM: Setting error, block. [ 039 110 ] THERM: Warning [ 039 025 ] THERM: Trip signal [ 039 020 ] THERM: Reclosure blocked [ 039 024 ] THERM: Buffer empty [ 039 112 ] THERM: Status THERM replica [ 004 016 ] THERM: Object temperature [ 004 137 ] THERM: Coolant temperature [ 004 149 ] THERM: Pre-trip time left [ 004 139 ] THERM: Temp. offset replica [ 004 109 ] THERM: Coolant temp. p.u. [ 004 178 ] THERM: Object temp. p.u. [ 004 179 ] THERM: Therm. replica p.u. [ 004 017 ]
THERM: Absolute replica [ 022 065 ] 0 1 0: No 1: Yes THERM: Relative replica [ 022 064 ] 0 1 0: No 1: Yes
c R I/Iref
THERM: with CTA

305 201
Coolant temperature THERM: Reset replica [ 039 061 ]
Parameter set 1 set 2 set 3 set 4 Parameter set 1 set 2 set 3 set 4
THERM: Start.fact. OL_RC PSx 072 180 073 180 074 180 075 180 THERM: Max.perm. cool.tmpPSx 072 185 073 185 074 185 075 185
THERM: Tim. const.1,>Ibl PSx 072 187 073 187 074 187 074 187 THERM: Rel. O/T warning PSx 072 184 073 184 074 184 075 184
THERM: Tim. const.2,<Ibl PSx 072 188 073 188 074 188 075 188
THERM: O/T f.Iref pers. PSx 072 167 073 167 074 167 075 167
THERM: Warning temp. PSx 072 153 073 153 074 153 074 153 THERM: Hysteresis trip PSx 072 183 073 183 074 183 074 183
THERM: Max. perm.obj.tmp.PSx 072 182 073 182 074 182 075 182 THERM: Warning pre-trip PSx 072 191 072 191 073 191 074 191 19Z6111A_EN
THERM: Rel. O/T trip THERM: Default CTA PSx PSx 072 181 073 181 074 181 075 181 072 186 073 186 074 186 075 186
U-6
Thermal overload protection
U-54
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
Reset The thermal replica may be reset from an appropriately configured binary signal input. Resetting is possible even when thermal overload protection is disabled. Thermal overload protection can be blocked via an appropriately configured binary signal input.
THERM: Rset.therm. repl.USER [ 022 061 ] 0 1 0: don't execute 1: execute THERM: Enabled [ 040 068 ] THERM: Reset replica EXT [ 038 061 ] THERM: Reset replica [ 039 061 ]
Q9Z5020A_EN
U-7
Resetting the thermal replica
2.6.2 Configuration parameters
Address List
Address Description 056 023 THERM: Function group THERM
Range of Values Without / With
Units
Function parameters, general functions

Address Description 022 050 THERM: Enabled 022 064 THERM: Relative replica 022 065 THERM: Absolute replica Range of Values No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes Units
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611
U-55

(continued)
Function parameters, parameter set x, relative replica

Address Description PS1 072 175 072 177 PS2 073 175 073 177 PS3 074 175 074 177 PS4 075 175 075 177 THERM: Enabled PSx No / Yes Without / PT100 / 20mA Input / T1 / T2 / T3 / T4 / T5 / T6 / T7 / T8 / T9 Without / PT100 / 20mA Input / T1 / T2 / T3 / T4 / T5 / T6 / T7 / T8 / T9 0.10 ... 1.00 ... 4.00 1.05 ... 1.15 ... 1.50 1.0 ... 30.0 ... 1000.0 1.0 ... 30.0 ... 1000.0 0 ... 120 ... 300 0 ... 40 ... 70 -40 ... 40 ... 70 50 ... 95 ... 200 50 ... 100 ... 200 2 ... 30 0.0 ... 30.0 ... 1000.0 Default temp. value / Last meas.temperat. / Blocked min Min C C C % % % min Inom Range of Values Units
THERM: Select meas.inputPSx
072 080
073 080
074 080
075 080
THERM: Sel. backup th.
PSx
072 179 072 180 072 187 072 188 072 182 072 185 072 186 072 184 072 181 072 183 072 191 076 177
073 179 073 180 073 187 073 188 073 182 073 185 073 186 073 184 073 181 073 183 073 191 077 177
074 179 074 180 074 187 074 188 074 182 074 185 074 186 074 184 074 181 074 183 074 191 078 177
075 179 075 180 075 187 075 188 075 182 075 185 075 186 075 184 075 181 075 183 075 191 079 177
THERM: Iref
PSx
THERM: Start.fact.OL_RC PSx THERM: Tim.const.1,>Ibl PSx THERM: Tim.const.2,<Ibl PSx THERM: Max.perm.obj.tmp.PSx THERM: Max.perm.cool.tmpPSx THERM: Default CTA PSx
THERM: Rel. O/T warning PSx THERM: Rel. O/T trip THERM: Hysteresis trip PSx PSx
THERM: Warning pre-trip PSx THERM: Funct.f.CTA fail.PSx
Function parameters, parameter set x absolute replica

Address Description PS1 072 175 072 177 PS2 073 175 073 177 PS3 074 175 074 177 PS4 075 175 075 177 THERM: Enabled PSx No / Yes Without / PT100 / 20mA Input / T1 / T2 / T3 / T4 / T5 / T6 / T7 / T8 / T9 Without / PT100 / 20mA Input / T1 / T2 / T3 / T4 / T5 / T6 / T7 / T8 / T9 0.10 ... 1.00 ... 4.00 1.05 ... 1.15 ... 1.50 1.0 ... 30.0 ... 1000.0 1.0 ... 30.0 ... 1000.0 0 ... 80 ... 300 0 ... 120 ... 300 0 ... 95 ... 300 -40 ... 40 ... 70 2 ... 30 0.0 ... 30.0 ... 1000.0 Default temp. value / Last meas.temperat. / Blocked min Min K C C C % min Inom Range of Values Units
THERM: Select meas.inputPSx
072 080
073 080
074 080
075 080
THERM: Sel. backup th.
PSx
072 179 072 180 072 187 072 188 072 167 072 182 072 153 072 186 072 183 072 191 076 177
073 179 073 180 073 187 073 188 073 167 073 182 073 153 073 186 073 183 073 191 077 177
074 179 074 180 074 187 074 188 074 167 074 182 074 153 074 186 074 183 074 191 078 177
075 179 075 180 075 187 075 188 075 167 075 182 075 153 075 186 075 183 075 191 079 177
THERM: Iref
PSx
THERM: Start.fact.OL_RC PSx THERM: Tim.const.1,>Ibl PSx THERM: Tim.const.2,<Ibl PSx THERM: O/T f.Iref pers. PSx THERM: Max.perm.obj.tmp.PSx THERM: Warning temp. PSx PSx PSx
THERM: Default CTA THERM: Hysteresis trip
THERM: Warning pre-trip PSx THERM: Funct.f.CTA fail.PSx
U-56
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
Measured operating data

Address Description 004 016 004 137 004 149 004 139 004 017 004 179 004 178 004 109 THERM: Status THERM replica THERM: Object temperature THERM: Coolant temperature THERM: Pre-trip time left THERM: Therm. replica p.u. Range of Values -25000 ... 25000 / Not measured -40 ... 300 / Not measured -40 ... 200 / Not measured 0.0 ... 1000.0 / Not measured -2.50 ... 2.50 / Not measured -0.40 ... 3.00 / Not measured -0.40 ... 2.00 / Not measured -25000 ... 25000 / Not measured Units % C C Min 100% 100C 100C %
THERM: Object temp. p.u. THERM: Coolant temp. p.u. THERM: Temp. offset replica
Logic state signals

Address Description 041 074 038 061 040 068 039 061 041 108 038 062 039 025 039 020 040 035 039 024 039 112 039 111 041 109 039 110 THERM: Therm.repl.block EXT THERM: Reset replica EXT THERM: Enabled THERM: Reset replica THERM: Starting k*Iref> THERM: CTA error EXT THERM: Warning THERM: Trip signal THERM: Not ready THERM: Reclosure blocked THERM: Buffer empty THERM: CTA error THERM: Within pre-trip time Setting error,block. Range of Values No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes Units
Control and testing

Address Description 022 061 THERM: Rset.therm.repl.USER Range of Values don't execute / execute Units
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611
U-57

(continued)
2.7 2.7.1
Circuit Breaker Failure Protection (Function Group CBF) Functional Description
As of version -611 extensive features have been added to the circuit breaker failure protection, which are described below. The P139 features the CB failure protection function. After a trip command has been issued the CBF function monitors that the circuit breaker has actually been triggered. Enable/disable circuit breaker failure protection The parameter C B F : G e n e r a l e n a b l e U S E R is used to enable the function. In addition to this parameter setting the CBF function may also be enabled/disabled by operating parameters or through appropriately configured binary signal inputs. Operating parameters and configured binary signal inputs have equal status. If only the function C B F : E n a b l e E X T is assigned to a binary signal input, then circuit breaker protection will be enabled by a positive edge of the input signal and disabled by a negative edge. If only the function C BF : D i s a b l e EXT has been assigned to a binary signal input, then a signal at this input will have no effect.
U-58
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
Readiness of circuit breaker protection Circuit breaker failure protection will not be available under the following conditions: Circuit breaker failure protection has not been enabled. Circuit breaker protection is being blocked by an appropriately configured binary signal input. All CBF timer stages have been set to "blocked".
CBF: Enabled [ 040 055 ] & CBF: Blocking EXT [ 038 058 ] CBF: t1 3p [ 022 165 ] >1 Blocked &
>1
CBF: Not ready [ 040 025 ]
CBF: t2 [ 022 166 ] Blocked CBF: Delay/starting trig. [ 022 155 ] Blocked CBF: Delay/fault beh. CB [ 022 171 ] Blocked CBF: Delay/CB sync.superv [ 022 172 ] Blocked 19Z6130A_EN
U-8
Signal CBF: N o t r e a d y
Detecting a CB triggering A break in current flow is the preferred criterion to detect a successful CB triggering. Protection functions, that have triggering criteria not directly dependent on current flow, may additionally be provided with status signals from CB auxiliary contacts for evaluation. Current flow monitoring This function is used to detect a break in current flow, i.e. safely, immediately and pole selectively. The CBF function continuously compares sampled current values with the set threshold value C BF : I> . As long as current flow criteria are met the monitoring function will continuously issue the phase selective signals C BF : C u r r e n t fl o w A, C BF : C u r r e n t fl o w B, C BF : C u r r e n t fl o w C and the multiple signal C BF : C u r r e n t fl o w Ph x.
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611
U-59

(continued)
Evaluation of CB status signals Trip signals included in the G e n . tr i p c o m m a n d 1 , which use CB status signals in addition to current flow monitoring, can be selected with the parameter CBF: Fct.assignm. CBAux. Applying CB status signals depends on the type of auxiliary contacts available. The P139 is capable of checking the following CB status signals for plausibility and evaluating them: The CB open signal: MAIN: C B o p e n 3 p E X T The CB closed signal: MAIN: C B c l o s e d s i g . EXT The evaluation of the CB status signals is blocked if the configuration of the respective binary signal inputs or the signal levels are not plausible. This will result in the P139 issuing the signal C BF : C B p o s . i m p l a u s i b l e . Evaluation of current criteria are not affected by this blocking.
INP: Fct. assignm. U xxx [ xxx yyy ] U x01 U x02 U x03 U xxx Address 036 028 Address 036 051 & MAIN: CB open 3p EXT [ 031 028 ] MAIN: CB closed sig. EXT [ 036 051 ] & & >1 CBF: CB pos. implausible [ 038 210 ] &
19Z6131A_EN
U-9
Plausibility check of CB status signals
If only one of the two possible CB status signals has been configured, the P139 will always consider this as plausible.
U-60
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
CBF startup criteria The startup of the circuit breaker failure protection function will occur when the CB is recognized as closed during a start criterion. The following criteria are evaluated as a startup criterion: Internal startup criterion: Generating the G e n . tr i p s i g n a l 1 is considered a start criterion. In addition it may be selected, by setting the parameter C B F : S t a r t f o r m a n u a l t r i p , that a manual trip signal will be used as a start criterion. Current flow monitoring is the primary evaluation criterion. The CB auxiliary contacts are evaluated when no current flow is registered and the respective trip signal, included in the G e n . tr i p c o m m a n d 1 , has been selected from the protection function in parameter C BF : F c t.a s s i g n m . C BAu x for the evaluation of the CB auxiliary contacts. External startup criterion: Triggering by a protection device operating in parallel (C BF : Sta r t 3 p EXT ) may be used as a start criterion. To be on the safe side an additional two pole triggering may be implemented by applying the signal C BF : Sta r t e n a b l e E X T . Current flow monitoring is the primary evaluation criterion. The CB auxiliary contacts are evaluated when no current flow is registered. Timer stages and output logic Associated timer stages are started when a startup criterion is met. The signal C BF : T r i p s i g n a l t 1 will be issued if the startup criterion is still present when the time period, set at timer stage C BF : t1 3p, has elapsed. The output command from this timer stage is intended for a second CB trip coil. The signal C BF : T r i p s i g n a l t 2 will be issued if the startup criterion is still present when the time period, set at timer stage C BF : t2, has elapsed. The output command from this timer stage is intended for a backup circuit breaker or protection system. These trip signals will be issued as long as the startup criteria are met. Should a loss of gas pressure occur in the explosion chambers of installed type SF-6 circuit breakers then all surrounding circuit breakers must be immediately tripped without waiting for a reaction from the damaged switch. In case of an external CB fault the elapse of timer stage t2 may be interrupted by a signal to the binary signal input appropriately configured at C BF : C B fa u l ty EXT .
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611
U-61

(continued)
CBF: Fct.assignm. CBAux. [ 022 159 ] Signal 1 Signal 2 Signal n m out of n
Selected signals
CBF: I> [ 022 160 ] IA IB IC CBF: CB pos. implausible [ 038 210 ] MAIN:CB open 3p EXT [ 031 028 ] MAIN: CB closed sig. EXT [ 036 051 ] CBF: Start for manual trip [ 022 154 ] 0 1 0: No 1: Yes MAIN: Trip cmd. blocked [ 021 013 ] MAIN: Gen. trip signal 1 [ 036 005 ] MAIN: Manual trip signal [ 034 017 ] INP: Fct. assignm. U xxx [ xxx yyy ] U x01 U x02 Ux03 U xxx Address CBF: Enable Start EXT [ 038 209 ] CBF: Start 3p EXT [ 038 205 ] 038 209 & & & & >1 >1
>1 & &

S R 1 1 1
&
>1
& >1
CBF: Startup 3p [ 038 211 ]
>1
&
>1
&
>1
19Z6132A_EN
U-10
Startup of the circuit breaker failure protection
U-62
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
CBF: Not ready [ 040 025 ] CBF: Startup 3p [ 038 211 ]
CBF: t1 3p [ 022 165 ]
CBF: Trip signal t1 [ 038 215 ]
CBF: t2 [ 022 166 ]
>1
CBF: Trip signal t2 [ 038 219 ]
& CBF: CB faulty EXT [ 038 234 ] 19Z6133A_EN
U-11
Timer stages of the circuit breaker failure protection
Trip commands While trip signals issued by the CB failure protection have no timer stages available the user can set minimum time delay periods for trip commands. By appropriate setting it can be selected that trip commands, issued by the CB failure protection, will operate in latching mode. The respective trip command, set to latch mode, will remain active until reset by operating parameters or through an appropriately configured binary signal input.
CBF: Min.dur. trip cmd.t1 [ 022 167 ] MAIN: Trip cmd. blocked [ 021 013 ] CBF: Trip signal t1 [ 038 215 ] CBF: Latching trip cmd.t1 [ 022 169 ] 0 1 0: No 1: Yes & CBF: Trip signal t2 [ 038 219 ] CBF: Latching trip cmd.t2 [ 022 170 ] 0 1 0: No 1: Yes MAIN: Latch. trip c. reset [ 040 139 ] 19Z6134A_EN &
S R 1 1 1
& >1
>1
CBF: Trip command t1 [ 038 220 ]
&
S R
1 1 1
CBF: Min.dur. trip cmd.t2 [ 022 168 ] t 0 >1 CBF: Trip command t2 [ 038 224 ]
>1
U-12
Trip commands, issued by the CB failure protection
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611
U-63

(continued)
Starting trigger The signal C BF : Sta r ti n g will be issued when the signal "Starting trigger" is presented to an appropriately configured binary signal input and a general starting is present. The signal C BF : T r i p s i g n a l will be issued after timer stage C BF : D e l a y/s ta r ti n g tr i g . has elapsed.
CBF: Delay/ starting trig. [ 022 155 ] MAIN: General starting [ 040 000 ] CBF: Starting trig. EXT [ 038 016 ] & CBF: Trip signal [ 040 026 ] CBF: Starting [ 038 021 ]
19Z6135A_EN
U-13
Starting trigger
Fault behind CB protection A fault behind a CB is a fault that may occur between a circuit breaker already open and a CT, which is fed from the remote end. Fault behind CB protection recognizes such faults through the current criterion if the circuit breaker does not provide the information that it is closed after the time delay set at C B F : D e l a y / f a u l t b e h . C B has elapsed. When such a fault behind CB is recognized the signal C BF : F a u l t b e h . C B is issued. In such a case the far end circuit breaker may be triggered by an InterMiCOM protective interface. This may also prevent an unwanted triggering of the circuit breaker failure function.
CBF: CB pos. implausible [ 038 210 ] CBF: I> [ 022 160 ] IA IB IC MAIN: CB open 3p EXT [ 031 028 ] MAIN: CB closed sig. EXT [ 036 051 ] >1
CBF: Delay/fault beh. CB [ 022 171 ] & t 0 CBF: Fault behind CB [ 038 225 ]
>1
19Z6136A_EN
U-14
Fault behind CB protection
U-64
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
CB synchronization supervision CB synchronization supervision recognizes states where not all circuit breaker contacts are open or closed. This function uses both current flow monitoring and evaluation of CB status signals to detect CB synchronization. In order to bridge CB operate times the time delay C B F : D e l a y / C B s y n c h . s u p e r v can be used. When this time period has elapsed the signal C BF : T r i p Si g C B s yn c h .s u p e r is issued. Poles that are recognized as being "open" will still be signaled.
CBF: CB pos. implausible [ 038 210 ] MAIN: CB open 3p EXT [ 031 028 ] MAIN: CB closed sig. EXT [ 036 051 ] CBF: I> [ 022 160 ] IA IB IC
>1
CBF: Delay/CB sync.superv [ 022 172 ] & t 0
CBF: TripSig CBsync.super [ 038 226 ]
>1
<3
&
CBF: CBsync.superv A open [ 038 227 ] CBF: CBsync.superv B open [ 038 228 ] CBF: CBsync.superv C open [ 038 229 ] 19Z6137A_EN
&
&
U-15
CB synchronization supervision
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611
U-65

(continued)
2.7.2 Configuration Parameters
Address List
Address Description 056 007 CBF: Function group CBF
Units
Function Parameters, General Functions

Address Description 022 154 022 080 022 159 022 160 022 165 022 166 022 167 022 168 022 169 022 170 022 155 022 171 022 172 CBF: Start for manual trip CBF: Enabled CBF: Fct.assignm. CBAux. CBF: I> CBF: t1 3p CBF: t2 CBF: Min.dur. trip cmd.t1 CBF: Min.dur. trip cmd.t2 CBF: Latching trip cmd.t1 CBF: Latching trip cmd.t2 CBF: Delay/starting trig. CBF: Delay/fault beh. CB CBF: Delay/CB sync.superv Range of Values No / Yes No / Yes Selection table Trip command 1 0.05 ... 1.00 ... 20.00 0.00 ... 0.15 ... 100.00 / Blocked 0.00 ... 0.25 ... 100.00 / Blocked 0.10 ... 0.25 ... 10.00 0.10 ... 0.25 ... 10.00 No / Yes No / Yes 0.00 ... 100.00 / Blocked 0.00 ... 0.12 ... 100.00 / Blocked 0.00 ... 100.00 / Blocked s s S Inom s s s s Units
U-66
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
Logic state signals

Address Description 038 009 038 211 038 016 038 058 038 041 038 042 040 055 040 025 040 026 038 021 038 040 038 205 038 209 038 210 038 215 038 219 038 220 038 224 038 225 038 226 038 227 038 228 038 229 038 230 038 231 038 232 038 233 038 234 CBF: Ready CBF: Startup 3p CBF: Starting trig. EXT CBF: Blocking EXT CBF: Enable EXT CBF: Disable EXT CBF: Enabled CBF: Not ready CBF: Trip signal CBF: Starting CBF: Ext./user enabled CBF: Start 3p EXT Range of Values No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes Units
CBF: Start enable EXT CBF: CB pos. implausible CBF: Trip signal t1 CBF: Trip signal t2 CBF: Trip command t1 CBF: Trip command t2 CBF: Fault behind CB CBF: TripSig CBsync.super CBF: CBsync.superv A open CBF: CBsync.superv B open CBF: CBsync.superv C open CBF: Current flow A CBF: Current flow B CBF: Current flow C CBF: Current flow Phx CBF: CB faulty EXT
Control and Testing

Address Description 003 016 003 015 CBF: Enable USER CBF: Disable USER Range of Values don't execute / execute don't execute / execute Units
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611
U-67

(continued)
2.8 2.8.1
Circuit Breaker Monitoring (Function Group CBM) Functional Description
As of version 610 the P139 features a circuit breaker monitoring function. This function supports state controlled maintenance of circuit breakers. Enable/disable circuit breaker monitoring Circuit breaker monitoring may be disabled or enabled by setting parameters. Operation Manufacturers of circuit breakers usually provide wear characteristics displaying the maximum number of permissible CB operations in relation to the disconnection current. Figure U-16 displays the wear characteristics for a circuit breaker with a nominal current of 2000 A and a maximum disconnection current of 63 kA. The medium disconnection current is 48 kA.
100000
Number of permissible CB operations
10000
1000
100
10 0,1 1 10 Disconnection current in kA 100

19Z6123A_EN
U-16:
Wear characteristics for a circuit breaker
U-68
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
The knee points in figure U-16 are necessary to set the wear characteristic for the circuit breaker: The nominal current C BM : In o m ,C B for the circuit breaker and the permitted number of CB operations at nominal current C BM : Pe r m . C B o p . In o m ,C B The medium disconnection current C BM : M e d . C u r r . Itr i p ,C B for the circuit breaker and the permitted number of CB operations at medium disconnection current CBM: Perm. CB op. Imed,CB The maximum disconnection current C BM : M a x. c u r r . Itr i p ,C B for the circuit breaker and the permitted number of CB operations at maximum disconnection current C B M : P e r m . C B o p . I m a x , C B Not all types of circuit breakers have the medium disconnection current available. In such a case the parameters for this knee point are to be set to "blocked". A knee point is not considered in the characteristic when at least one of the parameters for the knee points is set to "blocked". For proper performance of circuit breaker monitoring it should be observed that the knee points must be applied in a logically correct sequence (continuously descending). When setting currents and numbers of CB operations are not plausible according to the characteristic the P139 will issue an error message and block circuit breaker monitoring. Calculating the CB wear state The current wear state of the circuit breaker is given as the number of remaining CB operations at nominal current conditions. The number of remaining CB operations nrem(Inom,CB) is calculated and displayed phase selectively and after each disconnection by the P139. Calculation is per this equation:
nrem (Inom,CB ) = nrem,0 (Inom,CB )

With: Inom,CB: n(Inom,CB): Id,CB: n(Id,CB):
n(Inom,CB ) n(Id,CB )
Nominal current for the CB Max permitted number of CB operations at Inom,CB Disconnection current Permitted number of CB operations at Id,CB according to wear characteristics
nrem,0(Inom,CB): Remaining permitted number of CB operations at Inom,CB before disconnection nrem,(Inom,CB): Remaining permitted number of CB operations at Inom,CB after disconnection
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611
U-69

(continued)
Operating modes Setting the parameter C B M : O p e r a t i n g m o d e will select the condition under which the function will be triggered: with trip cmd. only: Function is triggered only by the general trip command 1 w i t h C B s i g . E X T only: Function is triggered by the CB open signal generated by an auxiliary contact CB sig. EXT or trip: Function is triggered by the general trip command 1 or the CB open signal generated by an auxiliary contact Measured values and counters are re-determined with each triggering and compared with set threshold values. A correction value can be set in order to determine the trip time C BM : C o r r . a c q u i s . ti m e . This enables proper evaluation of leading or lagging mapping contacts or the delay period between forming of the trip command and opening of the CB contacts. Linking control functions with the trip command With the P139, the trip command from the control function can be linked with the general trip command 1 of the protection, when setting external devices. In such a case the trip command from the control function must be associated by the parameter C BM : Si g . a s g . T r i p c m d . so that operational trip commands, issued to the circuit breaker by the control function, are considered additionally to the general trip command 1.
CBM: Sig. asg. trip cmd. [ 022 152 ]
Signal 1 Signal 2 Signal n
m out of n Selected signals >1 CBM: Internal trip cmd
MAIN: Gen. trip command 1 [ 036 071 ] 19Z6124A_EN
U-17
Forming the linked trip command
The external devices status signal "open" may be linked to the control function status signal "open" by setting the parameter C BM : Si g . a s g . T r i p c m d . so that the function in the P139 will be triggered by CB auxiliary contacts.
U-70
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
MAIN: Sig. asg. CB open Signal 1 Signal 2 Signal n [ 021 017 ] m out of n Selected signals MAIN: CB Open 3P Ext [ 031 028 ] 19Z6125A_EN >1 MAIN: Internal trip cmd
U-18
Forming the linked "open" status signal
Pole selective counter values and measured values The P139 separately evaluates each phase current and generates an individual wear presentation for each CB pole. The following counter values are presented pole selectively: Number of CB operations made, without consideration of disconnection currents Number of remaining CB operations at CB nominal current The following measured values are presented pole selectively, and per-unit values refer to CB nominal current: Primary disconnection current Per-unit disconnection current Second power of the per-unit disconnection current Sum of the per-unit disconnection currents Sum of the second power of the per-unit disconnection currents Current-time integral of the per-unit disconnection current Sum of the current-time integrals of the per-unit disconnection currents The disconnection current is derived from the RMS current value detected before a last zero crossing. The integral of the current-time area is calculated between the trip time and current breaking-off. Current breaking-off is recognized when there are no further current zero crossings detected. An example for calculation of the current-time integral is displayed in figure U-19.
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611
U-71

(continued)
20,00
15,00
10,00
5,00
0,00
-5,00
-10,00
-15,00
-20,00
Berechnung des Strom - Zeit - Integrals
General trip command 1
Correction time running 19Z6126A_EN
U-19
Calculation of the current-time integral when CBM is triggered by a general trip command 1
Resetting measured values Measured values from the respective last CB tripping may be reset via the interfaces on the device. Accumulated measured values are not affected by such a reset operation. Setting measured values Setting measured values in the circuit breaker monitoring function is necessary when the respective CB has already been exposed to operating conditions or has been replaced. The available interfaces on the device may be used to set measured values in the circuit breaker monitoring function. Note: Only such measured values and counter values in the P139 may be set to new values that do not have their default values set to "blocked". The stored value will remain unchanged if the default value is set to "blocked". Executing the set command results in initializing all default values in the P139 to "blocked".
U-72
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
MAIN: Protection active

306 001
&
c CBM: Operating mode [ 022 007 ] 0 1 2 0: with trip cmd. only 1: with CB sig.EXT only 2: CB sig.EXT or trip
CBM: Enabled [ 044 130 ]
CBM: Blocked [ 044 199 ] & CBM: Internal trip cmd & & >1 MAIN: Internal CB trip fnom Ix >1
c c CBM: Inom,CB [ 022 012 ] MAIN: Inom C.T. prim. [ 010 001 ] CBM: Perm. CB op. Inom,CB [ 022 013 ] CBM: Med. curr. Itrip,CB [ 022 014 ] CBM: Perm. CB op. Imed,CB [ 022 015 ] CBM: Max. curr. Itrip,CB [ 022 016 ] CBM: Perm. CB op. Imax,CB [ 022 017 ] CBM: Perm. CB op. Inom,CB [ 022 013 ] CBM: Itrip x [ * ] CBM: I*t x [ * ] CBM: Itrip,prim Lx [ * ] CBM: Itrip**2 x [ * ] CBM: Itrip x [ * ] CBM: Itrip**2 x [ * ] CBM: I*t x [ * ] CBM: No. of CB oper. x [ * ] CBM: Remain. No. CB op. x [ * ]
c CBM: Set No. CB oper. x [ * ] CBM: Set remain. CB op. x [ * ] CBM: Set Itrip x [ * ] CBM: Set Itrip**2 x [ * ] CBM: Set I*t x [ * ] R
S CBM: Initialize values [ 003 011 ] CBM: Reset meas. values [ 003 013 ] Phase x / Current Ix CBM: Set No. CB oper. x A / IA 022 131 B / IB C / IC 022 132 022 133 CBM: Set remain. CB op. x 022 134 022 135 022 136 CBM: I*t x 009 061 009 062 009 063 CBM: Set Itrip x 022 137 022 138 022 139 CBM: Itrip,prim Lx 009 212 009 213 009 214 CBM: Set Itrip**2 x 022 140 022 141 022 142 CBM: Itrip**2 x 009 051 009 052 009 053 CBM: Set I*t x 022 143 022 144 022 145 CBM: Itrip x 009 071 009 073 009 076 CBM: No. of CB oper. x 008 011 008 012 008 013 CBM: Itrip**2 x 009 077 009 078 009 079
CBM: Remain. No. CB op. x 008 014 008 015 008 016 CBM: I*t x 009 087 009 088 009 089 19Z6120A_EN
Phase x / Current Ix CBM: Itrip x A / IA B/ IB C / IC 009 047 009 048 009 049
U-20
Triggering and calculating circuit breaker monitoring
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611
U-73

(continued)
Monitoring the number of CB operations Depending on the selected operating mode the P139 will calculate the current wear state of the circuit breaker after each disconnection. The number of remaining CB operations at CB nominal current are calculated and displayed. A threshold value can be set with the parameter C B M : N o . C B o p e r a t i o n s < . An alarm is issued should the number of remaining CB operations drop below this threshold.
CBM: Remain No. CB c op. < [ 022 020 ] CBM: Remain. No. CB op. A [ 008 014 ] CBM: Remain. No. CB op. B [ 008 015 ] CBM: Remain. No. CB op. C [ 008 016 ] 19Z6121A_EN >1 CBM: Sig. Rem. No.CB op.< [ 044 136 ]
U-21
Monitoring the remaining number of CB operations at nominal current
At the same time each switching operation will increment the P139 counter for the number of CB operations The number of CB operations made is displayed. A threshold value can be set with the parameter C B M : N o . C B o p e r a t i o n s > . An alarm is issued should the number of CB operations made exceed this threshold.
CBM: No. CB c operations > [ 022 019 ] CBM: No. of CB oper. A [ 008 011 ] CBM: No. of CB oper. B [ 008 012 ] CBM: No. of CB oper. C [ 008 013 ] 19Z6122A_EN >1 CBM: Sig. No. CB op. > [ 044 135 ]
U-22
Monitoring the number of CB operations made
U-74
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
Monitoring disconnected currents In addition to the evaluation of the CB wear state and monitoring of the number of CB operations made, the P139 features the means to accumulate and display disconnection current values and the second power of these values. Threshold values can be set with the parameters C BM : I t r i p > , C BM : I t r i p * * 2 > and C BM : I * t . An alarm is issued should the accumulated current values exceed any of these thresholds. Blocking circuit breaker monitoring When protection injection testing is carried out the circuit breaker monitoring function should be blocked, so that such testing does not corrupt monitoring results. CBM protection is blocked if one of the following conditions is met: Circuit breaker monitoring is blocked by parameters. Circuit breaker monitoring is blocked by an appropriately configured binary signal input.
CBM: General enable USER [ 022 010 ] CBM: Blocking USER [ 022 150 ] CBM: Blocking EXT [ 044 128 ] >1
&
CBM: Blocked [ 044 199 ]
46Z5033A_EN
U-23
Blocking circuit breaker monitoring
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611
U-75

(continued)
2.8.2 Configuration Parameters
Address List
Address Description 056 062 CBM: Function group CBM
Units
Function Parameters, General Functions

Address Description 022 152 022 010 022 150 022 007 CBM: Sig. asg. trip cmd. CBM: Enabled CBM: Blocking USER CBM: Operating mode Range of Values Selected signals No / Yes No / Yes with Trip cmd. only / with CB sig.EXT only / CB sig.EXT or trip 1 ... 2000 ... 65000 1 ... 30000 ... 65000 1 ... 65000 / Blocked 1 ... 65000 / Blocked 1 ... 63000 ... 65000 1 ... 20 ... 65000 1 ... 10000 ... 65000 1 ... 1000 ... 65000 1 ... 1000 ... 65000 1 ... 1000 ... 65000 1 ... 1000 ... 4000 0.001 ... 0.000 ... 0.200 Inom,CB Inom,CB**2 kAs s A A A Units
022 012 022 013 022 014 022 015 022 016 022 017 022 019 022 020 022 022 022 081 022 096 022 018
CBM: Inom,CB CBM: Perm. CB op. Inom,CB CBM: Med. curr. Itrip,CB CBM: Perm. CB op. Imed,CB CBM: Max. curr. Itrip,CB CBM: Perm. CB op. Imax,CB CBM: No. CB operations > CBM: Remain No. CB op. < CBM: Itrip> CBM: Itrip**2> CBM: I*t> CBM: Corr. acquis. time
Logic state signals

Address Description 044 128 044 130 044 205 044 206 044 207 044 199 044 135 044 136 044 137 044 138 044 139 044 177 044 178 044 179 044 201 044 202 044 203 044 204 CBM: Blocking EXT CBM: Enabled CBM: Cycle running CBM: Cycle running CBM: Cycle running CBM: Blocked CBM: Sig. No. CB op. > A B C Range of Values No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes A B C No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes No / Yes Units
CBM: Sig. Rem. No.CB op.< CBM: Signal Itrip> CBM: Signal Itrip**2> CBM: Signal I*t> CBM: tmax> CBM: tmax> CBM: tmax> A B C
CBM: Curr. flow ended CBM: Curr. flow ended CBM: Curr. flow ended CBM: Setting error CBM
U-76
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611

(continued)
Control and Testing

Address Description 003 011 003 013 022 131 022 132 022 133 022 134 022 135 022 136 022 137 022 138 022 139 022 140 022 141 022 142 022 143 022 144 022 145 CBM: Initialize values CBM: Reset meas. values CBM: Set No. CB oper. CBM: Set No. CB oper. CBM: Set No. CB oper. A B C Range of Values don't execute / execute don't execute / execute 0 ... 65000 / Blocked 0 ... 65000 / Blocked 0 ... 65000 / Blocked 0 ... 65000 / Blocked 0 ... 65000 / Blocked 0 ... 65000 / Blocked 0 ... 65000 / Blocked 0 ... 65000 / Blocked 0 ... 65000 / Blocked A B C 0 ... 65000 / Blocked 0 ... 65000 / Blocked 0 ... 65000 / Blocked 0.0 ... 4000.0 / Blocked 0.0 ... 4000.0 / Blocked 0.0 ... 4000.0 / Blocked Inom,CB Inom,CB Inom,CB Inom,LS**2 Inom,LS**2 Inom,LS**2 kAs kAs kAs Units
CBM: Set remain. CB op. A CBM: Set remain. CB op. B CBM: Set remain. CB op. C CBM: Set Itrip CBM: Set Itrip CBM: Set Itrip A B C
CBM: Set Itrip**2 CBM: Set Itrip**2 CBM: Set Itrip**2 CBM: Set I*t CBM: Set I*t CBM: Set I*t A B C
Event counters
Address Description 008 011 008 012 008 013 008 014 008 015 008 016 CBM: No. of CB oper. CBM: No. of CB oper. CBM: No. of CB oper. A B C Range of Values 0 ... 65000 0 ... 65000 0 ... 65000 0 ... 65000 0 ... 65000 0 ... 65000 Units
CBM: Remain. No. CB op. A CBM: Remain. No. CB op. B CBM: Remain. No. CB op. C
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611
U-77

(continued)
Measured event data

Address Description 009 212 009 213 009 214 009 047 009 048 009 049 009 051 009 052 009 053 009 071 009 073 009 076 009 077 009 078 009 079 009 061 009 062 009 063 009 087 009 088 009 089 CBM: Itrip,prim A CBM: Itrip,prim B CBM: Itrip,prim C CBM: Itrip CBM: Itrip CBM: Itrip A B C A B C A B C A B C Range of Values 0 ... 65000 / Not measured 0 ... 65000 / Not measured 0 ... 65000 / Not measured 0.00 ... 100.00 / Not measured 0.00 ... 100.00 / Not measured 0.00 ... 100.00 / Not measured 0.00 ... 6000.00 / Not measured 0.00 ... 6000.00 / Not measured 0.00 ... 6000.00 / Not measured 0 ... 65000 0 ... 65000 0 ... 65000 0 ... 65000 0 ... 65000 0 ... 65000 0 ... 60000 / Not measured 0 ... 60000 / Not measured 0 ... 60000 / Not measured A B C 0.0 ... 4000.0 0.0 ... 4000.0 0.0 ... 4000.0 Units A A A Inom,CB Inom,CB Inom,CB Inom,LS** Inom,LS** Inom,LS** Inom,CB Inom,CB Inom,CB Inom,LS**2 Inom,LS**2 Inom,LS**2 As As As kAs kAs kAs
CBM: Itrip**2 CBM: Itrip**2 CBM: Itrip**2 CBM: Itrip CBM: Itrip CBM: Itrip
CBM: Itrip**2 CBM: Itrip**2 CBM: Itrip**2 CBM: I*t CBM: I*t CBM: I*t CBM: I*t CBM: I*t CBM: I*t A B C
U-78
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611
P139/EN AD/A77 // AFSV.12.09690 D /// P139-306-408/409/410-611
-79
Publication: P139/EN AD/A77 (AFSV.12.09690.D)

MiCOM P139
Version: P139 -306 -408/409/410 -611 P139 -307 -411/412/413 -612
Upgrade Documentation
P139/EN AD/A88
(AFSV.12.09950.D)
P139 -612 Upgrade Description
Contents
1 2 2.1 Overview Functional Details Detachable HMI U-5 U-9 U-9 U-11
2.1.1 Address List
P139/EN AD/A88 // AFSV.12.09950 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-612
U-3

(continued)
In the new version of the P139 several enhanced features and changes on existing features have been included. These are described with references to the Technical Manual and Upgrade Documentation listed below. References Released 28.11.2003 07.11.2005 Version P139-304-405/406/407-605 P139-306-408/409/410-611 Documentation Technical Manual AFSV.12.09450/1 EN Upgrade Documentation AFSV.12.09660 EN
U-4
P139/EN AD/A88 // AFSV.12.09950 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-612

(continued)
1 Version P139-306-408/409/410-611706 Release: 21.12.2005
Overview Changes This is a preliminary IEC 61850 version, which is project-specific and only available on request!
Hardware Diagram Software ASC
No modifications No modifications
Bug fixing: When the automatic synchronism check (ASC) was linked to the control of an external device and a close command was issued to this external device from the local control panel, the external device was always blocked from closing by the ASC function. This error occurred only when the communication protocol per IEC 61850 was used with the protection and control unit. No modifications
P139-306-408/409/410-611707 Release: 16.02.2006
Hardware
Diagram Software IEC
No modifications
Bug fixing: The range of the internal values assigned to the various operating modes of the parameter I E C : D E V c o n t r o l m o d e l (221 081) now starts with a '1' instead of a '0'. The request routine for binary signal inputs has been enhanced to suppress external interference. No modifications
INP P139-306-408/409/410-611709 Release: 05.10.2006 Hardware
No modifications
Bug fixing: If communication was interrupted during control access via the Ethernet interface using the operating program MiCOM S1, renewed control access was only possible after a warm restart of the protection and control unit. Bug fixing: If a 'Select' or 'Operate' command for an external device, in which the interlock bit had been set, was sent from a client to the protection and control unit it could occur that such a command was rejected.
P139/EN AD/A88 // AFSV.12.09950 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-612
U-5

(continued)
Version P139-307-411/412/413-612 Hardware
Changes As an ordering option for the 40TE and 84TE model versions there is now a variant available with a detachable HMI. The detachable HMI is always supplied with a case width of 40TE. The freely configurable LED indicators H4 to H16 on the detachable HMI are provided as multi-color LEDs. The ordering option Ethernet module with 100 Mbit/s glass fiber and ST connector has replaced the ordering option Ethernet module with 10 Mbit/s glass fiber and ST connector. Diagram The updated connection diagrams now include the interfaces to connect the detachable HMI. P139.411 (for 40TE case, with pin-terminal connection) P132.412 (for 40TE case, transformer module: ring-terminal connection; other modules: pin-terminal connection) P139.413 (for 84TE case, with ring-terminal connection) Software DVICE Because of the ordering option "detachable HMI" these additional Device Identification parameters are now available: D V I C E : S W ve r s i o n D H M I D V I C E : S W ve r s i o n D H M I D M LOC (002 131) (002 132)
Because of the ordering option "detachable HMI" this additional Device Identification parameter is now available: L O C : L o c a l H M I exists (221 099). Additional item in the selection table for the operation panel: C O U N T : C o u n t 1 (217 100).
COMM1
When the protocols per IEC 60870-5-101 or IEC 60870-5-103 are used, the message C O M M 1 : Bu ffe r o ve r r u n (221 100) is issued when an internal buffer overrun of the spontaneous control function signals has occurred.
U-6
P139/EN AD/A88 // AFSV.12.09950 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-612

(continued)
Version IEC
Changes Implementation of active monitoring of the communications data links to logged-on clients with the parameter I E C : T C P k e e p - a l i v e t i m e r (104 062). This active monitoring now replaces previous passive monitoring by parameter IEC : In a c ti vi ty ti m e r (104 050). Implementation of an automatic switchover to daylight saving time, activated by parameter IEC : Sw i tc h .d a yl .s a v.ti m e (104 219). Switchover times for the automatic switch to daylight saving time are governed by the following settings: IEC : IEC : IEC : IEC: IEC: IEC: IEC: IEC: D a yl .s a v.ti m e s ta r t D a yl .s a v.ti m e s t. d D a yl .s a v.ti m e s t. m Dayl.sav.t.st.0:00 + Dayl.sav.time end Dayl.sav.time end d Dayl.sav.time end m Dayl.sav.t.end 0:00+ (104 220) (104 221) (104 222) (104 223) (104 225) (104 226) (104 227) (104 228)
A second SNTP server may now be applied for time synchronization. Should no answer be transmitted by the first SNTP server the next request is automatically transferred to the second SNTP server (backup function). IEC : SN T P s e r ve r 1 IP (104 202) IEC : SN T P s e r ve r 2 IP (104 210) Instead of setting a router address and target network, so as to establish a communication link to a client situated exterior to the local network, now only the setting of the gateway address is required via I E C : G a t e w a y a d d r e s s (104 011). Now 'unbuffered reports' are available for all logical nodes. GOOSE VLAN priority for GOOSE is set via G O O SE: VL AN Pr i o r i ty (106 007). The dataset reference for GOOSE is displayed via the measured value G O O SE: D a ta Se t R e fe r e n c e (106 008). INP Bug fixing: The input signal M AIN : M a n . T r i p c m d . EXT (037 018) did not operate when it was set as a receive signal for COMM3, GSSE or GOOSE and triggered via this communication link. (Triggering via a binary signal input operated correctly.) The operating mode for the LED indicators has been extended by the operating mode LED flashing. Configuration, operating mode and physical state of the permanently configured LED indicators H1 and H17 are now displayed via configuration parameters and physical state signals. The freely configurable LED indicators H4 to H16 on the variant with a detachable HMI may now be assigned two signals, each with a different color (red or green). If both assigned signals are active the resulting LED color will be 'amber' (yellow).
LED
P139/EN AD/A88 // AFSV.12.09950 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-612
U-7

(continued)
Version MAIN
Changes The parameter MAIN: T i m e T a g (221 098) has replaced the previous parameter M A I N : T i m e T a g A f t e r D e b o u n c e (217 083). In addition there is a third operating mode available for selection. The settable debouncing time for count value acquisition is no longer required. No modifications
COUNT P139-307-411/412/413-612710 Release: 14.12.2006 Hardware
No modifications
Bug fixing: If communication was interrupted during control access via the Ethernet interface using the operating program MiCOM S1, renewed control access was only possible after a warm restart of the protection and control unit. No modifications
P139-307-411/412/413-612712 and P139-306-408/409/410-611711 Release: 14.02.2007
Hardware
No modifications
Bug fixing: Previously a break in the client-server communications link could occur after approximately 49 days for about 20 minutes. GOOSE and GSSE are not affected.
U-8
P139/EN AD/A88 // AFSV.12.09950 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-612

(continued)
2 2.1 Application
Functional Details Detachable HMI
As a further option in the model versions there is now a variant available that includes a detachable HMI. This variant is especially designed for applications where protection and control units are directly installed into bay panels situated in medium-voltage substations and, because of constructural constraints, there is only limited space available. The detachable HMI with its small dimensions may be fitted here in a convenient spot and at an ergonomic height. Detachable HMI The detachable HMI is mounted in a 40TE case and provides an integrated local control panel and a PC interface for configuration and operation of the protection and control unit. To connect the detachable HMI to the protection and control unit, standard RJ45 cables (Ethernet cable, length max. 10 m) may be used. A 3 m standard RJ45 Ethernet cable is included with the shipment. A connection to the detachable HMI may be established or separated at any time as the detachable HMI is recognized automatically and completely. Basic unit For the detachable HMI option, the basic unit is available with case widths of 40TE or 84TE in either a flush-mounted or a surface-mounted case and is provided in several variants for an effortless adaptation to meet local operating conditions. The front plate includes 4 LED indicators for display purposes as well as the RJ45 interface to connect the detachable HMI. Operation without the detachable HMI The function of the protection and control unit is fully guaranteed even when the detachable HMI is not connected or the communication link between detachable HMI and the basic unit is interrupted. In such a case the basic unit is accessed via its PC interface. The function parameters for the local control panel and for LED indicators available only on the detachable HMI are automatically hidden in this event. LED indicators on the detachable HMI The freely configurable LED indicators H4 to H16 on the detachable HMI offer multi-color function assignment. Separate function assignments with a red and a green LED indicator are available. When both the red and the green LED indicators are simultaneously active the resulting color will be amber (yellow).
P139/EN AD/A88 // AFSV.12.09950 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-612
U-9

(continued)
49Z6201A_
U-1
Basic unit with flush-mounted 40TE case and detachable HMI front views
49Z6202A_
U-2
Detachable HMI rear view
U-10
P139/EN AD/A88 // AFSV.12.09950 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-612

(continued)
2.1.1 Device Identification
Address List
Address Description 002 131 002 132 221.099 DVICE: SW version DHMI DVICE: SW version DHMI DM LOC: Local HMI exists
Range of Values 0.00 ... 655.35 0.00 ... 655.35 No / Yes
Units
Configuration Parameters
Address Description 085 184 085 001 085 004 085 007 085 057 085 010 085 060 085 013 085 063 085 016 085 066 085 019 085 069 085 022 085 072 085 025 085 075 085 028 085 078 085 028 085 078 085 031 085 081 085 034 085 084 085 037 085 087 085 040 085 090 085 043 085 093 LED: Fct.assig. H 1 green LED: Fct.assig. H 2 yell. LED: Fct.assig. H 3 yell. LED: Fct.assig. H 4 red LED: Fct.assig. H 4 green LED: Fct.assig. H 5 red LED: Fct.assig. H 5 green LED: Fct.assig. H 6 red LED: Fct.assig. H 6 green LED: Fct.assig. H 7 red LED: Fct.assig. H 7 green LED: Fct.assig. H 8 red LED: Fct.assig. H 8 green LED: Fct.assig. H 9 red LED: Fct.assig. H 9 green LED: Fct.assig. H10 red LED: Fct.assig. H10 green LED: Fct.assig. H11 red LED: Fct.assig. H11 green LED: Fct.assig. H11 red LED: Fct.assig. H11 green LED: Fct.assig. H12 rot LED: Fct.assig. H12 green LED: Fct.assig. H13 red LED: Fct.assig. H13 green LED: Fct.assig. H14 red LED: Fct.assig. H14 green LED: Fct.assig. H15 red LED: Fct.assig. H15 green LED: Fct.assig. H16 red LED: Fct.assig. H16 green Range of Values MAIN: Healthy MAIN: Blocked/Faulty SFMON: Warning (LED) According to the selection table for LEDs According to the selection table for LEDs According to the selection table for LEDs According to the selection table for LEDs According to the selection table for LEDs According to the selection table for LEDs According to the selection table for LEDs According to the selection table for LEDs According to the selection table for LEDs According to the selection table for LEDs According to the selection table for LEDs According to the selection table for LEDs According to the selection table for LEDs According to the selection table for LEDs According to the selection table for LEDs According to the selection table for LEDs According to the selection table for LEDs According to the selection table for LEDs According to the selection table for LEDs According to the selection table for LEDs According to the selection table for LEDs According to the selection table for LEDs According to the selection table for LEDs According to the selection table for LEDs According to the selection table for LEDs According to the selection table for LEDs According to the selection table for LEDs According to the selection table for LEDs Units
P139/EN AD/A88 // AFSV.12.09950 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-612
U-11

(continued)
Address Description 085 185 085 182 085 002 085 005 085 008 085 011 085 014 085 017 085 020 085 023 085 026 085 029 085 032 085 035 085 038 085 041 085 044 085 183 LED: Fct.assig. H17 red LED: Operating mode H 1 LED: Operating mode H 2 LED: Operating mode H 3 LED: Operating mode H 4 LED: Operating mode H 5 LED: Operating mode H 6 LED: Operating mode H 7 LED: Operating mode H 8 LED: Operating mode H 9 LED: Operating mode H 10 LED: Operating mode H 11 LED: Operating mode H 12 LED: Operating mode H 13 LED: Operating mode H 14 LED: Operating mode H 15 LED: Operating mode H 16 LED: Operating mode H 17
Range of Values LOC: Edit mode ES updating ES updating ES updating According to the selected operating mode According to the selected operating mode According to the selected operating mode According to the selected operating mode According to the selected operating mode According to the selected operating mode According to the selected operating mode According to the selected operating mode According to the selected operating mode According to the selected operating mode According to the selected operating mode According to the selected operating mode According to the selected operating mode ES updating
Units
U-12
P139/EN AD/A88 // AFSV.12.09950 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-612
Publication: P139/EN AD/A88 (AFSV.12.09950.D)

Publication: P139/EN M/A88 VOL. 1/2


Micom P139: Feeder Management and Bay Control

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Micom P139: Feeder Management and Bay Control

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

MiCOM P139

Feeder Management and Bay Control

Technical Manual Volume 2 of 2

Technical Manual Volume 2 of 2

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

Dynamic input Only the transition from value 0 to value 1 is effective.

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

Special symbol Output relay in normally-energized arrangement (closed-circuit operation).

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

Description PC interface with pin connections

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

Examples of Signal Names

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

Appendix B - List of Signals

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

Appendix B - List of Signals

Appendix B - List of Signals

Appendix B - List of Signals

Appendix B - List of Signals

Figure 3-8 3-2 3-146

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

Appendix B - List of Signals

Telecontrol Interface per EN 60870-5-101 or IEC 870-5-101 (Companion Standard)

See National Preface of EN 60870-5-101.

Appendix B - List of Signals

Physical Layer 2 (Network-Specific Parameters)

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

Appendix B - List of Signals

Link Layer 4(Network-Specific Parameters)

See National Preface of EN 60870-5-101. Balanced only.

Appendix B - List of Signals

See National Preface of EN 60870-5-101. B-9

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

Appendix B - List of Signals

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

Appendix B - List of Signals

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

Appendix B - List of Signals

Incorrectly identified with control direction in IEC 870-5-101.

Appendix B - List of Signals

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

Appendix B - List of Signals

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

Appendix B - List of Signals

Basic Application Functions10

Station Initialization (Station-Specific Parameter) x Remote initialization

Clock Synchronization (Station-Specific Parameter) x Clock synchronization

See National Preface of EN 60870-5-101. B-15

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

Appendix B - List of Signals

P139-304-405/-406/-407-605 // AFSV.12.09450.D / P139/EN M/B33

Appendix B - List of Signals